1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21291 9464
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21291 9464
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21291 9464
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21291 9464 291241
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21291 9464
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21297 26037 89426 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21291
841 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21291 9464 291241
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21291 9464 291241
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21291 9464 291241
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21291
982 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21291 9464 291241
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 variables, not just user options.
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1082 noninteractive functions.
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1122 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1145 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21291 9464 291241
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1170 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1180 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1183 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1184 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1189 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1190 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1193 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1194 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1195 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1198 Variables you assign:
1199 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1200 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1201 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1202 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1203 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1204 row numbers in the buffer.
1206 Variables which are calculated:
1207 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1208 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1211 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1214 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1215 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1216 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1219 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1220 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1221 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1225 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1229 between that of point and mark.
1231 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1232 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1235 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1236 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1237 newlines inside rows)
1239 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21291 9464
1249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1250 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1260 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1263 How to submit a bug report
1265 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1362 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1364 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1369 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1374 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1375 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1376 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1377 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1378 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1383 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1384 of the line/poly-line
1386 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1387 of the line/poly-line
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1395 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1397 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1398 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1401 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1413 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1419 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1443 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21291 9464
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1468 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21291
1483 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1491 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
1496 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1498 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1499 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1500 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1502 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1504 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1505 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1507 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1508 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1510 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1511 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1512 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1513 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1514 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1515 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1516 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1517 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1521 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1523 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1524 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1526 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1530 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1531 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1532 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1535 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1537 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1539 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1540 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1545 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1546 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1547 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1549 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21291 9464
1557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1559 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1560 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21291 9464 291241
1568 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1570 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1571 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1572 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1577 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1579 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1581 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1583 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1584 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1585 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1587 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1588 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1590 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1592 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1593 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1594 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1595 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1596 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1598 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1599 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21291
1606 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
1607 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1609 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1614 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1615 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1617 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1618 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1619 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1620 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1621 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1623 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1625 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1627 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1628 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1629 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1630 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1631 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1633 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1634 directory or directories specified.
1636 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1637 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1638 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1639 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1640 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1641 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1643 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1645 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1646 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1647 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1648 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21310 5108 914397
1657 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1659 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1660 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1662 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1663 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1665 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1666 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1669 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1670 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1671 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1675 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1676 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1678 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1679 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1683 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1684 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1685 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1686 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1687 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1689 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1690 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1691 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1692 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1693 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1695 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1696 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1697 writing before you save the file!
1699 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1703 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1704 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1706 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1707 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1711 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1712 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1713 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1715 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1716 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1718 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1720 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1721 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1723 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1724 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1726 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1727 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1728 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1730 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1731 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1732 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1733 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1734 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1736 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1737 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1738 specifies in the mode line.
1740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
1745 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1747 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1748 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1749 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1751 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1753 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1755 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1756 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1757 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1758 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1760 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1761 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1762 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1764 Effects of the different modes:
1765 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1766 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1767 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1768 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1769 a random distance & direction.
1770 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1771 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1772 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1774 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1776 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1777 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1778 definition of \"random distance\".)
1780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21291 9464
1786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1788 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1790 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1791 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1793 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1794 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1795 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21339 38332 466140
1805 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1806 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1808 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1809 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1810 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1811 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1815 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1816 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1817 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1820 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1822 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1824 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1825 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1828 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1830 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1831 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1832 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21291
1840 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1843 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1844 Time execution of FORMS.
1845 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1846 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1848 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1849 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1850 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1852 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1854 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1856 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1857 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1858 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1859 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1860 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1867 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1868 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1869 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1870 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1872 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21291 9464
1878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1881 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1882 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1883 of corresponding buffers.
1884 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1885 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1886 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1887 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1888 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1890 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1891 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1892 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1894 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1896 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1897 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1899 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1901 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1902 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1903 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1904 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1907 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1908 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1909 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1910 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1912 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1913 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916 Special information:
1918 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1920 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1921 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1922 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1923 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1924 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1925 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1926 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1927 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1929 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1930 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1932 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1933 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1934 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1935 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1936 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1937 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1938 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1939 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1941 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1943 ----------------------------------------------------------
1944 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1945 if that value is non-nil.
1951 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1952 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1953 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1954 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1955 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1956 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1957 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1958 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1959 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1960 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1961 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1962 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1964 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1969 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
1970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1972 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1973 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21291 9464 291241
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1983 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1984 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1986 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1987 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1988 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1990 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1992 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1993 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21291 9464 291241
2006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2008 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2010 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2014 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2015 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2016 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2017 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2018 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2023 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2024 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2031 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2033 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2034 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2036 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2037 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2038 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2039 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2040 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2041 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2045 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2047 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2048 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2049 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2050 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2052 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2053 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2054 denoted by the letter `R'.
2056 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2057 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2058 denoted by the letter `H'.
2060 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2064 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2065 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2066 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2067 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2068 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2072 degree deflection it causes.
2075 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2078 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2086 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2099 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2100 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2101 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2102 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2103 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2104 emerging from the box.
2106 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2113 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21291 9464 291241
2126 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2131 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2132 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2133 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2134 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2135 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2136 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2137 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2139 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2140 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2141 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2143 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2144 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2145 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2146 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2147 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2151 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2152 yank successive words.
2154 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2155 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2156 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2157 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2158 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2160 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2161 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2162 the list of bookmarks.)
2164 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2166 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2167 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2168 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2169 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2170 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2174 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2175 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2176 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2178 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2179 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2181 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2182 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2183 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2188 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2193 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2195 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2196 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2197 after a bookmark was set in it.
2199 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2201 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2202 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2204 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2205 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2207 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2209 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2211 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2212 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2213 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2214 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2217 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2218 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2220 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2221 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2226 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2227 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2228 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2230 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2231 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2232 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2238 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2240 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2241 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2242 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2243 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2244 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2245 probably because we were called from there.
2247 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2249 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2250 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2251 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2255 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2256 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2257 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2261 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2262 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2263 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2264 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2265 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2267 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2268 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2269 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2270 `bookmark-default-file'.
2272 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2274 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2275 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2276 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2277 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2278 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2281 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2282 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2283 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2284 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2285 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2288 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2289 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2290 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2291 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2293 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2295 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2296 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2297 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2298 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2299 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2303 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2305 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2307 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2308 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2312 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2314 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21291 9464
2320 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2322 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2323 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2324 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2325 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2327 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2328 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2329 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2330 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2331 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2333 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2335 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2336 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2337 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2338 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2339 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2340 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2342 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2346 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2347 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2353 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2357 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2360 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2365 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2366 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2367 first, if that exists.
2369 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2371 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2372 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2373 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2374 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2378 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2379 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2380 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2381 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2382 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2387 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2388 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2389 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2390 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2392 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2394 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2397 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2399 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2400 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2401 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2402 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2405 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2406 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2416 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2420 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2421 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2424 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2425 new tab in an existing window instead.
2427 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2428 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2435 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2438 When called interactively, if variable
2439 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2440 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2441 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2442 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2445 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2446 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2448 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2449 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2452 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2453 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2454 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2455 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2456 URL in a new window.
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2463 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2466 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2468 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2469 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2470 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2471 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2473 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2474 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2475 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2476 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2479 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2480 new tab in an existing window instead.
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2490 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2493 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2494 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2495 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2497 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2498 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2499 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2500 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2503 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2510 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2511 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2512 program is invoked according to the variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2521 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2526 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2527 Default to the URL around or before point.
2529 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2530 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2531 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2533 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2534 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2535 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2536 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2545 Default to the URL around or before point.
2547 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2548 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2549 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2551 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2552 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2554 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2557 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2558 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2559 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2561 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2564 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2565 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2566 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2567 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2568 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2570 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2572 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2573 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2574 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2575 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2576 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2578 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2579 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2580 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2581 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2583 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2584 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2588 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2589 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2590 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2591 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2592 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2595 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2596 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2597 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2598 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2606 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2607 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2608 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2609 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2610 don't offer a form of remote control.
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2616 Default to the URL around or before point.
2618 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2620 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2621 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2622 Default to the URL around the point.
2624 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2625 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2627 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2628 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2630 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
2635 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2636 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2638 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2639 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2640 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2641 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2645 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2646 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2647 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2648 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2652 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2653 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2657 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2658 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2660 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2661 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2662 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2663 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2665 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2666 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2667 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2668 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2669 name of buffer configuration.
2675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21291 9464 291241
2677 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2679 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2681 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2682 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2683 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2684 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2685 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2686 columns on its right towards the left.
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2698 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2701 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2703 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2704 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2705 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2706 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2707 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2711 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2712 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21291
2719 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
2720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2721 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2727 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2728 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2729 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2730 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2731 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2732 else the global value will be modified.
2734 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2736 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2737 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2738 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2739 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2740 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2741 else the global value will be modified.
2743 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2745 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2746 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2747 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2749 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2751 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2752 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2753 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2754 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2756 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2757 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2758 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2759 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2760 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2763 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2764 that already has a `.elc' file.
2766 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2767 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2769 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2770 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2771 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2772 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2773 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2774 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2776 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2779 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2780 Print the result in the echo area.
2781 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2786 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2787 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2789 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2791 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2792 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2793 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2794 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2795 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2796 all functions called by those functions.
2798 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2799 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2802 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2803 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2804 invoked interactively.
2806 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2808 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2809 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2810 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2811 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2815 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2816 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2817 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2818 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2819 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2820 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2821 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2824 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2826 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2827 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2828 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2829 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2831 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2832 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2833 and corresponding effects.
2835 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21291
2840 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
2841 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2843 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2845 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21291 9464
2851 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2853 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2857 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21291
2862 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2865 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2866 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2867 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2868 from the cursor position.
2870 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2872 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2886 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2900 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2901 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2902 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2903 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2905 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2907 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2908 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2909 This is most useful in the X window system.
2910 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2911 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2913 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2915 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2917 See calc-keypad for details.
2919 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2921 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2922 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2924 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2926 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2927 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2929 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2931 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2932 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2934 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2936 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2937 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2938 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2940 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2942 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2943 Define Calc function.
2945 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2946 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2947 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2949 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2950 actual Lisp function name.
2952 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2954 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2956 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21291 9464
2962 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2964 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21291 9464 291241
2973 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2975 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2976 Run the Emacs calculator.
2977 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21291 9464
2985 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2987 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2988 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2989 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2990 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2991 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2992 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2994 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2995 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2996 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2997 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2998 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2999 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3000 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3001 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3004 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3005 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3007 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3008 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3009 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3010 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3011 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3012 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3014 Runs the following hooks:
3016 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3017 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3018 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3019 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3021 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21291 9464 291241
3029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3031 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3032 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3034 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3036 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3037 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3038 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3041 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21291
3046 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3049 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3050 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3052 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3053 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3055 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3056 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3057 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3058 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3059 restriction to ASCII.
3061 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3066 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3067 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3068 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3070 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3071 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3072 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3073 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3074 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3075 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3076 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3078 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3079 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21291
3086 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
3087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3088 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21291
3093 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3096 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3097 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21305 47864
3104 ;;;;;; 651560 808000))
3105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3107 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3108 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3110 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3111 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3113 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3114 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3116 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3118 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3119 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3122 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3124 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3125 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3127 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3128 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3131 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3133 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3134 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3136 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3138 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3139 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3142 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3147 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3148 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3151 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3153 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3154 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3156 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3158 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3159 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3162 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3164 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3165 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3167 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3168 variables are guessed:
3170 * `c-basic-offset', and
3171 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3174 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3175 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3177 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3178 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3180 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3181 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3182 guess is made from scratch.
3184 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3185 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3187 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3189 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3190 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3191 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3192 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3194 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3195 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3196 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3198 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21291 9464
3204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3206 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3207 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3208 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3209 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3210 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3211 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3212 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3214 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3215 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3222 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3224 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3225 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3226 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3227 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3228 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3229 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3231 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3233 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3234 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3241 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3242 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3243 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3244 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3245 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3246 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3249 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3251 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3252 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3258 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3260 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3261 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3262 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3263 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3264 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3265 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3268 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3270 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3271 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3277 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3279 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3280 Major mode for editing Java code.
3281 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3282 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3283 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3284 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3287 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3289 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3290 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3296 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3298 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3299 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3300 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3301 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3302 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3303 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3306 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3308 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3309 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3315 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3316 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3318 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3319 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3320 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3321 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3322 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3323 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3326 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3328 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3329 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3335 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3336 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3337 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3338 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3339 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3341 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3342 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3343 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3344 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3345 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3346 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3348 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3350 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3351 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21291
3361 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
3362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3364 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3365 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3366 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3367 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3369 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3371 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3372 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3375 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3376 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3377 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3378 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3381 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3382 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3383 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3384 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3387 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3389 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3390 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3391 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3392 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3394 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3396 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3397 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3398 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3400 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3402 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3403 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3404 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3405 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3406 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3408 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21291 9464
3414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3415 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3416 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3417 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21291 9464 291241
3423 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3425 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3426 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3428 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3430 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3431 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3433 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3435 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3436 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3438 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3439 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3440 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3441 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3444 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3446 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3448 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3449 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3451 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3452 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3456 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3457 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3458 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3459 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3460 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3463 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3464 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3465 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3466 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3468 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3469 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3472 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3474 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3476 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3479 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3480 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3482 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3483 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3484 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3487 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3489 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3490 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3491 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3493 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3495 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3497 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3498 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3500 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3504 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3506 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3508 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3509 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3512 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3513 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3516 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3518 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3519 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3520 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3521 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3522 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3523 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3524 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3525 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3526 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3527 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3528 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3529 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3530 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3531 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3532 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3533 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3536 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3537 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3539 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3540 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3542 | (write EXPRESSION)
3543 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3544 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3547 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3550 ;; Same as: (write string)
3552 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3553 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3554 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3557 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3558 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3559 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3560 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3561 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3562 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3564 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3565 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3567 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3570 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3571 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3572 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3574 ARG := REG | integer
3577 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3580 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3583 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3586 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3587 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3590 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3591 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3592 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3595 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3596 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3597 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3600 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3601 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3603 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3604 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3605 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3608 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3609 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3612 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3613 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3615 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3618 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3622 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3623 ;; Same meaning as C code
3624 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3626 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3631 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3632 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3635 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3636 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3640 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3644 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3645 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3646 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3648 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3649 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3650 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3652 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3653 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3654 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3655 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3656 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3659 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3661 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3663 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3664 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3665 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3666 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3667 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3668 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3670 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3672 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3673 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3674 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3676 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3678 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21291 9464 291241
3684 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3686 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3687 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3688 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3689 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3691 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3693 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3695 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3696 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3698 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21291 9464 291241
3704 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3705 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21291 9464
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3712 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3714 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3715 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3716 There are no special keybindings by default.
3718 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3719 to the action header.
3723 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3724 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3725 There are no special keybindings by default.
3727 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3728 to the action header.
3732 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3733 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3734 on the buffer contents
3740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21291 9464 291241
3742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3743 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3748 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3751 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3752 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3753 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3757 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3758 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3759 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21291
3766 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
3767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3768 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3769 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3770 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3771 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3772 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3778 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3782 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3783 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3785 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3786 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3787 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3788 the users will view as each check is completed.
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3793 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3794 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3795 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3796 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3797 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3798 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3799 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3801 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3803 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3804 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3805 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3806 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3807 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3808 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3809 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3810 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3812 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3814 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3815 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3816 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3817 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3818 spacing are all verified.
3822 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3823 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3824 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3825 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3826 otherwise stop after the first error.
3828 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3831 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3832 Only documentation strings are checked.
3833 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3834 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3837 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3840 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3842 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3843 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3848 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3849 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3850 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3853 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3856 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3857 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3858 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3860 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3862 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3865 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3866 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3868 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3871 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3872 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3873 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3874 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3879 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3880 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3881 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3882 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3883 space at the end of each line.
3885 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3888 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3889 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3890 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3896 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3897 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3901 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3902 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3903 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3904 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3910 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3911 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3915 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3916 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3917 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3918 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3923 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3924 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3925 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3929 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3930 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3931 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3932 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3936 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3937 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3938 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3939 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3943 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3944 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3945 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3946 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3950 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3951 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3953 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3954 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3956 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3957 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3958 checking of documentation strings.
3960 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21291
3967 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
3968 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3970 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3971 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3972 Return the length of resulting text.
3974 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3976 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3977 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3981 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3982 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3983 Return the length of resulting text.
3985 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3987 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3988 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3992 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3997 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4000 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21291 9464 291241
4006 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4008 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4009 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4010 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4011 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4012 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4013 editing and the result is evaluated.
4015 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4017 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4018 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4019 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4020 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4021 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4023 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4027 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4028 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4029 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4030 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4031 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4033 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4034 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4035 \\{command-history-map}
4037 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4038 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21291
4045 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
4046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4048 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4049 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4050 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4051 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4052 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4053 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4054 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4057 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4058 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4059 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4062 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4063 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4065 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4066 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4067 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4068 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4069 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4070 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4071 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4072 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4073 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4074 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4075 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4076 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4078 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4079 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4080 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4082 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4083 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4084 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4087 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4089 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4091 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4093 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4094 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4096 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4097 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4099 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4100 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4101 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4102 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4103 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4104 value specified by their associated list element.
4106 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4108 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4109 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4110 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4112 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4113 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4114 * indent the first argument by 4.
4115 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4116 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4117 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4119 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21291 9464
4125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4126 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4128 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4130 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4131 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4132 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4133 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4134 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4135 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4137 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4138 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4140 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4142 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4144 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4146 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4148 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4150 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21291 9464
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4158 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4159 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4160 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4161 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4163 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4164 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4165 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4166 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4168 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4169 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4171 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21291 9464 291241
4177 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4179 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4180 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4181 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4182 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4183 of `scheme-program-name').
4184 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4185 it is given as initial input.
4186 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4187 discards input when it starts up.
4188 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4190 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
4197 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4199 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4200 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4201 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4202 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4204 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4205 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4207 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4208 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4209 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4211 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21335 41274 440541 0))
4216 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4218 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4219 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4220 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4221 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4222 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4223 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4224 functions have already modified the buffer.
4226 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4228 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4229 either globally or locally.")
4231 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4232 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4233 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4234 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4236 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4237 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4238 `start-file-process'
4239 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4240 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4241 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4243 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4244 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4246 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4248 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4250 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4252 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4253 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4254 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4255 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4256 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4257 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4258 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4259 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4260 process as its initial input.
4262 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4264 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4266 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4268 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4269 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4270 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4271 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4272 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4273 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4275 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4277 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4278 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4279 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4280 directory tracking functions.")
4282 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4283 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4284 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4286 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4288 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4290 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4291 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4292 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4294 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4296 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4298 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4299 Send COMMAND to current process.
4300 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4301 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4303 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4305 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4306 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4307 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4308 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4310 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21291 9464 291241
4316 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4318 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4319 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4320 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4321 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4323 This command pushes the mark in each window
4324 at the prior location of point in that window.
4325 If both windows display the same buffer,
4326 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4327 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4329 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4330 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4331 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4332 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4333 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4334 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4335 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4338 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4339 this command work in interlaced mode:
4340 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4341 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4342 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4344 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21291 9464
4350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4352 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4353 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4355 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4357 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4358 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4359 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4361 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4363 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4364 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4365 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4367 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4369 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4370 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4371 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4372 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4373 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4375 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4376 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4377 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4378 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4379 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4381 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4382 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4383 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4384 describing how the process finished.")
4386 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4387 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4388 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4389 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4390 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4392 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4393 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4394 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4396 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4398 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4399 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4400 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4401 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4403 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4405 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4406 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4408 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4409 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4411 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4413 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4414 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4415 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4416 (concat \"make -k \"
4417 (if buffer-file-name
4418 (shell-quote-argument
4419 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4421 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4422 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4424 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4425 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4426 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4427 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4429 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4431 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4432 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4433 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4434 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4436 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4437 and move to the source code that caused it.
4439 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4440 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4442 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4443 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4444 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4445 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4446 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4448 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4449 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4450 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4451 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4453 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4454 kills its subprocesses.
4456 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4457 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4458 to a function that generates a unique name.
4460 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4462 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4463 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4464 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4465 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4467 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4468 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4470 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4471 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4472 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4473 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4475 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4476 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4477 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4479 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4481 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4483 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4484 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4485 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4486 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4487 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4489 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4491 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4493 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4495 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4497 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4498 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4499 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4500 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4501 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4503 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4504 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4505 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4506 See `compilation-mode'.
4508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4510 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4511 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4513 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4514 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4516 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4517 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4522 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4523 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4524 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4526 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21291 9464 291241
4532 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4534 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4535 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4536 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4539 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4541 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4543 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4544 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4545 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4546 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4547 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21291
4554 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
4555 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4557 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4558 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4559 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4560 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4561 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4562 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4563 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4565 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4566 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4567 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4569 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4570 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4571 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4573 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4574 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4575 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4576 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4578 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4579 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4580 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4581 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4582 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4583 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4584 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4590 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4591 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4592 Comments start with `#'.
4593 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4595 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4605 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4606 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4607 Comments start with `;'.
4608 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4610 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4612 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4613 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4614 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4616 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4617 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4621 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4622 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4623 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4624 between `/*' and `*/'.
4625 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4627 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4628 // another kind of comment
4640 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4641 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4642 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4643 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4644 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4645 `conf-space-keywords'.
4646 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4647 in an interactive fashion instead.
4649 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4651 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4653 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4657 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4659 # Standard multimedia devices
4660 add /dev/audio desktop
4661 add /dev/mixer desktop
4665 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4666 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4667 See `conf-space-mode'.
4669 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4671 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4672 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4673 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4674 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4676 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4678 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4679 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4683 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4684 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4685 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4686 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4688 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4690 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4691 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4695 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4696 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4697 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4698 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4700 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21291 9464 291241
4711 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4713 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4714 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4715 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4716 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4717 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4718 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4720 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4722 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4723 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4724 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4725 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4727 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4729 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4730 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4731 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4732 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4734 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21291
4739 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
4740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4741 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4742 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4743 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4745 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4746 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4747 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4748 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4749 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4750 following the copyright are updated as well.
4751 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4754 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4756 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4757 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4758 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4759 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4760 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4764 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4765 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4767 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4769 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4770 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4771 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4773 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21291
4778 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
4779 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4780 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4781 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4782 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4783 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4784 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4785 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4786 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4788 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4789 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4790 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4791 Tab indents for Perl code.
4792 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4793 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4795 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4796 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4797 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4798 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4799 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4800 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4801 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4802 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4803 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4804 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4805 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4806 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4808 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4810 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4811 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4813 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4815 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4816 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4817 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4818 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4819 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4820 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4821 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4822 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4823 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4825 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4829 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4830 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4831 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4834 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4835 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4836 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4838 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4840 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4841 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4842 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4843 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4844 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4846 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4856 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4857 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4858 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4859 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4860 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4861 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4862 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4863 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4864 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4865 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4866 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4867 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4868 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4870 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4871 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4872 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4873 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4874 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4875 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4877 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4878 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4881 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4882 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4883 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4884 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4885 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4887 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4888 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4889 span the needed amount of lines.
4891 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4892 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4893 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4894 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4896 Variables controlling indentation style:
4897 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4898 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4899 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4900 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4901 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4902 `cperl-auto-newline'
4903 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4904 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4905 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4906 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4907 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4908 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4909 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4910 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4911 `cperl-indent-level'
4912 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4913 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4914 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4915 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4916 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4917 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4918 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4919 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4920 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4921 `cperl-brace-offset'
4922 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4923 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4924 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4925 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4926 `cperl-label-offset'
4927 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4928 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4929 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4931 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4932 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4933 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4934 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4935 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4936 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4938 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4939 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4940 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4941 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4943 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4944 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4945 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4946 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4947 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4948 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4949 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4951 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4952 column 0 is indented on
4953 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4955 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4958 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4959 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4960 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4964 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4965 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4969 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4970 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21291 9464 291241
4978 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4980 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4981 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4982 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4983 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4984 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4988 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4989 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21291 9464 291241
4997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4999 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5000 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5001 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5002 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5004 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5005 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5007 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5009 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5010 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5011 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5012 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5013 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5017 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21291 9464 291241
5023 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5025 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5026 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5027 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5028 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5029 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5030 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5031 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5032 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5034 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5035 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5037 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5038 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5039 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5041 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5042 with empty strings removed.
5044 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21291 9464
5050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5052 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5053 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21291 9464
5061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5063 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5064 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5065 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5066 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5067 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5068 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5070 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5072 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5073 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5074 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5075 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5076 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5078 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5079 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5080 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5081 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5082 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5083 normal function of these prefix keys.
5085 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5086 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5088 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5089 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5090 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5092 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5093 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5094 the prefix fallback behavior.
5096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5098 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5099 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21291 9464
5107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5109 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5110 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5111 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21291 9464 291241
5119 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5121 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5122 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5124 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5126 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5127 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5129 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5131 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5132 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5134 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5136 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5137 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5139 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5140 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5142 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5143 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5145 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5147 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5149 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5150 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5151 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5153 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5154 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5156 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5157 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5159 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5160 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5162 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5164 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5166 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5167 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5170 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5171 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5173 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5174 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5176 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5177 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5179 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5181 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5183 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5184 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5185 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5186 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5188 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5189 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5190 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5192 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5194 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5195 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5196 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5197 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5198 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5202 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5203 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5204 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5205 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5209 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5210 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5211 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5213 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5215 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5216 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5218 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5220 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5222 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5223 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5225 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5227 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5229 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5230 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5231 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5233 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5235 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5236 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5237 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5238 as part of Emacs itself.
5240 Each elements looks like this:
5242 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5244 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5245 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5246 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5247 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5248 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5249 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5250 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5253 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5255 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5256 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5257 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5258 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5259 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5261 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5262 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5263 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5264 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5266 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5268 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5269 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5270 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5271 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5272 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5275 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5276 that were added or redefined since that version.
5278 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5280 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5281 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5282 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5283 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5285 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5287 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5288 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5290 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5292 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5293 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5294 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5296 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5297 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5299 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5301 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5306 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5311 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5312 Customize all saved options and faces.
5316 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5318 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5319 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5320 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5321 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5323 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5324 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5325 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5327 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5329 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5330 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5332 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5334 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5335 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5337 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5339 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5340 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5342 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5344 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5345 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5346 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5347 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5348 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5350 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5352 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5354 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5355 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5356 The result includes selecting that window.
5357 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5358 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5359 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5362 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5364 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5365 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5367 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5369 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5370 File used for storing customization information.
5371 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5372 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5373 it should be an absolute file name.
5375 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5376 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5377 something like the following in your init file:
5379 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5382 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5383 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5385 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5386 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5387 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5388 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5389 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5391 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5392 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5393 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5394 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5395 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5396 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5397 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5398 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5399 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5400 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5402 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5404 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5405 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5409 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5410 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5414 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5415 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5416 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5418 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5420 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5421 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5422 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5423 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5424 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5426 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21291 9464 291241
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5434 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5435 Create or edit a custom theme.
5436 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5437 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5438 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5439 from the Custom save file.
5440 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5441 named *Custom Theme*.
5443 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5445 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5446 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5450 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5451 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5455 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5456 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5457 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5458 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5460 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21291 9464
5466 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5468 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5469 Mode used for cvs status output.
5475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21291 9464 291241
5477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5478 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5480 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5481 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5483 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5485 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5486 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5487 C++ modes are included.
5489 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5490 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5491 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5495 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5497 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5498 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5499 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5500 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5501 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5502 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5504 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5506 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5507 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5508 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5509 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5510 ARG is omitted or nil.
5512 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5513 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5514 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21291
5521 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
5522 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5524 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5525 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5527 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5529 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5530 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5532 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5534 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5535 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5536 For readability, the table is slightly
5537 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5539 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5540 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5541 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5542 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5543 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5545 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5551 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5552 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5553 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5554 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5556 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5557 Completion on current word.
5558 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5559 and presents suggestions for completion.
5561 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5562 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5565 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5566 then it searches *all* buffers.
5568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5570 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5571 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5573 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5574 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5575 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5576 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5577 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5579 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5580 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5582 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5583 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5584 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5586 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5587 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5589 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21291 9464
5597 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5599 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5600 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5602 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
5607 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5609 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5610 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5611 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5612 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5613 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21291 9464
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5623 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5624 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5626 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5627 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5628 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5630 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5631 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5632 Data lines are not indented.
5637 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5639 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5640 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5641 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5642 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5644 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5647 Extra indentation within blocks.
5649 dcl-continuation-offset
5650 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5653 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5655 dcl-margin-label-offset
5656 Indentation for a label.
5658 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5659 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5661 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5662 dcl-block-end-regexp
5663 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5664 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5665 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5666 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5667 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5669 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5670 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5671 Two such functions are included in the package:
5672 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5673 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5675 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5676 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5677 One such function is included in the package:
5678 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5680 dcl-tab-always-indent
5681 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5682 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5685 dcl-electric-characters
5686 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5689 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5690 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5691 which words trigger electric indentation.
5694 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5695 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5696 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5698 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5699 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5700 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5701 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5703 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5704 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5705 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5706 dcl-imenu-label-call
5707 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5709 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5710 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5711 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5712 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5715 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5717 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5718 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5719 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5721 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5722 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5726 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5727 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5728 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5729 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5730 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5731 \"lined up with the command line\"
5733 Data lines are not indented at all.
5734 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5739 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5740 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21291 9464 291241
5748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5750 (setq debugger 'debug)
5752 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5753 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5754 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5757 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5758 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5759 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5761 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5763 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5764 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5766 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5768 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5769 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5770 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5771 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5772 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5773 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5775 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5776 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5778 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5780 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5781 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5782 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5783 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5784 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5786 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21291 9464 291241
5792 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5794 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5795 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5799 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5800 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5801 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5802 Upper-case letters are commands.
5804 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5807 The most useful commands are:
5808 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5809 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5810 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5811 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5812 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5813 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21291 9464 291241
5821 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5822 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5824 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5825 Customization of `columns' group.
5829 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5830 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5832 START and END delimits the text region.
5834 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5836 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5837 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5839 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5841 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
5846 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5848 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5850 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5851 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5852 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5855 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5857 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5859 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5860 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5861 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5862 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5863 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5865 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5866 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5867 point regardless of any selection.
5869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21291 9464
5875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5877 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5878 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5880 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5882 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5883 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5884 or nil if there is no parent.
5885 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5886 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5887 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5888 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5889 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5891 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5892 arguments are currently understood:
5894 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5895 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5897 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5898 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5900 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5901 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5903 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5905 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5907 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5908 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5909 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5911 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5912 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5914 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5915 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5916 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5918 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5919 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5921 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5922 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5924 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5926 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5928 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5930 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5931 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5932 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5933 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5934 the first time the mode is used.
5936 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21291 9464 291241
5942 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5944 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5945 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5946 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5947 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5948 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5949 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5952 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5954 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5955 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5956 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5957 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5959 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5960 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5961 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5963 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5964 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5965 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5966 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5967 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5968 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5971 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21340 59193 235574
5977 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5979 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5980 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5981 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5982 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5983 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5984 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5986 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5988 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5989 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5990 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5991 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5994 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5995 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5996 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5997 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5999 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6000 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6002 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6003 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6005 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6007 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6011 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6012 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6013 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6014 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6016 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6018 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6019 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6021 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6022 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6023 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6025 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6026 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6028 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6029 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6030 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6032 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6033 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6034 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6035 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6037 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6039 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6040 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6042 Handlers are called with argument list
6044 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6046 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6048 `desktop-file-version'
6049 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6050 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6051 `desktop-buffer-point'
6052 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6053 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6054 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6056 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6057 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6059 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6062 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6064 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6065 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6067 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6069 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6071 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6072 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6073 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6074 List elements must have the form
6076 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6078 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6081 Handlers are called with argument list
6083 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6085 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6087 `desktop-file-version'
6088 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6089 `desktop-buffer-name'
6090 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6091 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6092 `desktop-buffer-point'
6093 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6094 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6095 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6097 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6098 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6101 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6104 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6106 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6107 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6109 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6111 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6113 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6115 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6117 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6118 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6119 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6120 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6121 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6126 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6127 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6128 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6129 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6130 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6131 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6133 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6135 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6136 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6137 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6141 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6142 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6143 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6144 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6145 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6146 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6147 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6148 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6150 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6152 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6153 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6154 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6158 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6160 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6161 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6162 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6163 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6166 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6168 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6169 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6173 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6174 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21291 9464 291241
6182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6184 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6185 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6186 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6187 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6188 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6189 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6191 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6193 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6194 Repair a broken attribution line.
6195 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6197 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6199 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6200 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6201 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6202 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6204 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6206 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6207 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21291
6214 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
6215 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6217 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6218 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6219 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6220 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6221 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6225 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6226 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6227 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6228 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6230 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6231 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6232 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6233 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6235 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6236 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6238 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6239 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6240 calendar-date-style 'european
6241 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6243 \(diary-mail-entries)
6245 # diary-rem.el ends here
6247 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6249 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6250 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
6257 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6259 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6260 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6262 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6264 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6265 The command to use to run diff.")
6267 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6269 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6270 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6271 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6272 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6273 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6274 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6276 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6277 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6278 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6280 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6282 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6283 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6284 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6285 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6286 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6287 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6289 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6291 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6292 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6296 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6297 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6298 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6300 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21291 9464 291241
6306 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6308 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6309 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6310 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6313 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6314 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6315 headers for you on-the-fly.
6317 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6318 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6319 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6325 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6326 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6327 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6328 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6329 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6331 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
6338 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6340 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6341 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6342 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6344 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21346 11577 511879 0))
6349 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6351 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6352 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6353 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6354 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6355 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6356 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6357 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6358 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6360 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6362 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6363 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6364 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6365 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6366 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6367 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6369 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6370 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6371 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6372 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6373 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6374 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6375 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6376 list of files to make directory entries for.
6377 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6378 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6379 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6381 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6383 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6384 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6386 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6387 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6389 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6390 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6392 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6393 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6395 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6397 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6398 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6400 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6402 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6403 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6404 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6405 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6406 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6407 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6408 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6409 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6410 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6411 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6412 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6413 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6414 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6415 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6416 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6417 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6418 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6419 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6420 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6421 to see why something went wrong.
6422 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6423 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6424 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6425 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6426 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6427 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6428 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6429 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6430 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6431 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6432 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6433 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6434 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6436 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6437 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6438 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6439 again for the directory tree.
6441 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6444 `dired-listing-switches'
6445 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6448 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6449 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6450 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6451 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6453 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6455 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6456 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6463 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6464 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21291 9464 291241
6470 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6472 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6473 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6475 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6476 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6478 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6479 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6480 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6482 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6483 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6488 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6489 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6490 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6491 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6492 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6493 from `default-directory'.
6495 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21291 9464
6501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6503 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6504 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6505 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6506 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6507 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6508 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6510 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21291 9464 291241
6516 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6518 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6519 Return a new, empty display table.
6523 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6524 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6525 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6526 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6527 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6529 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6531 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6532 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6533 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6534 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6535 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6537 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6539 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6540 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6544 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6545 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6549 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6550 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6552 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6553 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6555 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6556 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6559 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6560 in the default way after this call.
6564 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6565 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6569 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6570 Display character C using printable string S.
6574 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6575 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6576 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6577 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6579 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6581 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6582 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6583 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6586 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6588 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6589 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6591 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6593 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6594 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6596 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6598 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6599 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6601 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6603 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6604 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6606 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6608 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6609 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6611 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6613 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6614 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6616 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6617 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6619 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6620 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6622 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6623 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6624 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6625 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6627 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6628 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6629 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21291 9464
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6640 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6641 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6642 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6643 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6644 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6645 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6646 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
6654 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6656 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6657 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6658 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6659 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6660 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6661 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6663 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6664 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6665 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6666 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6667 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6669 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21291 9464
6675 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6677 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6678 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6679 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6680 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6681 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6682 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6683 table and its own syntax table.
6685 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6688 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6690 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6691 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21311 58933 456815
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6701 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6702 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6703 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6704 OpenDocument format).
6706 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6708 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6709 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6711 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6712 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6714 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6715 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6716 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6720 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6721 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6722 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6723 to the next best mode.
6727 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6728 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6730 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6731 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6733 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6737 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21291 9464 291241
6746 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6748 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6749 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6758 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6759 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6761 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6762 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6764 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6765 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21291 9464 291241
6773 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6774 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6776 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6777 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21291
6784 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
6785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6787 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6789 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6790 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6791 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6792 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6793 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6795 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6796 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6797 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6798 and disables it otherwise.
6800 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6801 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6802 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6803 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6805 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6806 documenting what its argument does.
6808 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6809 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6810 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6811 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6812 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6813 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6814 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6815 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6817 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6818 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6819 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6820 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6821 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6824 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6825 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6826 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6827 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6828 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6829 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6830 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6831 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6832 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6833 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6834 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6835 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6836 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6837 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6838 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6839 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6840 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6841 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6842 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6843 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6846 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6847 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6849 For example, you could write
6850 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6851 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6854 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6856 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6858 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6860 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6862 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6863 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6864 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6865 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6866 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6867 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6868 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6869 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6870 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6871 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6872 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6873 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6875 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6876 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6877 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6878 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6879 call another major mode in their body.
6881 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6882 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6883 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6885 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6887 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6889 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6890 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6891 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6892 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6893 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6894 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6895 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6897 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6899 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6900 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6901 :inherit Parent keymap.
6903 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6904 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6906 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6908 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6909 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6910 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6911 the constant's documentation.
6913 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6915 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6916 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6917 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6919 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21291
6924 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
6925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6927 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6928 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6929 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6930 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6932 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6933 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6934 as a top-level menu bar item.
6936 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6937 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6941 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6942 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6943 items to actually display.
6946 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6947 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6948 alias for `:visible'.
6951 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6952 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6953 an alias for `:active'.
6955 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6956 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6958 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6960 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6962 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6963 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6965 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6966 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6968 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6970 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6972 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6973 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6976 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6977 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6978 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6979 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6982 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6983 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6984 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6985 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6988 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6989 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6990 alias for `:active'.
6993 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6994 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6998 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6999 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7002 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7003 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7006 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7007 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7008 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7011 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7012 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7015 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7017 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7018 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7019 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7021 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7022 MENU. This is a submenu.
7024 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7026 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7028 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7031 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7033 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7034 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7035 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7036 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7038 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7040 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7041 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7042 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7043 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7044 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7045 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7047 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7048 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7049 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7051 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7052 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7053 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7055 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7056 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7058 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21291 9464
7064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7065 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7067 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7068 Customization for ebnf group.
7072 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7073 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7075 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7077 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7080 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7082 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7084 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7085 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7087 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7088 killed after process termination.
7090 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7092 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7097 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7098 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7101 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7102 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7103 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7104 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7106 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7108 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7109 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7110 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7112 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7117 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7119 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7122 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7124 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7126 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7127 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7129 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7130 killed after process termination.
7132 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7134 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7136 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7137 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7138 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7139 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7141 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7145 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7146 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7147 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7149 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7151 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7153 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7154 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7156 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7158 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7161 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7163 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7168 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7169 killed after EPS generation.
7171 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7173 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7175 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7176 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7178 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7179 The EPS file name has the following form:
7181 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7183 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7184 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7186 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7187 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7188 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7189 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7190 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7192 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7200 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7201 The EPS file name has the following form:
7203 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7205 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7206 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7208 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7209 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7210 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7211 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7212 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7214 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7217 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7219 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7224 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7226 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7229 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7231 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7236 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7237 killed after syntax checking.
7239 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7241 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7258 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7259 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7261 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7268 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7270 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7275 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7279 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7280 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7282 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7284 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7286 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7287 Set STYLE as the current style.
7289 Returns the old style symbol.
7291 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7295 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7296 Reset current style.
7298 Returns the old style symbol.
7300 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7302 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7304 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7305 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7307 Returns the old style symbol.
7309 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7311 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7313 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7315 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7318 Returns the old style symbol.
7320 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7322 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21291 9464
7330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7333 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7334 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7335 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7336 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7337 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7339 Tree mode key bindings:
7340 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7344 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7345 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7349 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7350 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7354 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7355 View declaration of member at point.
7359 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7360 Find declaration of member at point.
7364 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7365 View definition of member at point.
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7370 Find definition of member at point.
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7375 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7380 View definition of member at point in other window.
7384 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7385 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7390 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7395 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7400 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7405 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7406 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7407 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7410 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7413 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7414 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7415 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7417 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7419 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7420 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7421 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7422 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7424 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7427 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7428 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7430 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7433 Search for call sites of a member.
7434 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7435 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7436 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7437 looks like a function call to the member.
7439 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7441 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7442 Move backward in the position stack.
7443 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7447 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7448 Move forward in the position stack.
7449 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7454 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7459 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7464 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7465 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7466 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7468 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7470 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7471 Display statistics for a class tree.
7477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21291 9464 291241
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7481 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7482 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7483 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7484 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7485 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7486 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7487 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7489 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7491 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7492 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7493 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7494 also has this effect.
7495 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7496 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7497 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7498 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7499 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7500 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7501 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7502 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7503 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7504 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21291 9464 291241
7512 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7514 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7515 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7516 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7518 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21291 9464
7524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7526 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7535 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7537 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7538 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7539 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7542 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7544 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7546 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7547 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7552 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7553 an EDE controlled project.
7555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21291 9464
7561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7563 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7564 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7565 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7566 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7567 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7569 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7570 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7571 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7572 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7574 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7576 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7577 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7578 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7579 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7581 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7583 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7584 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7585 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7586 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7588 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7590 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7592 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7593 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7594 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7595 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7596 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7598 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7599 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7600 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7601 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7602 instrumented for Edebug.
7604 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7605 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7606 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7607 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7612 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7613 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7617 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7618 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21307 61883 88841 0))
7625 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7626 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7628 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7629 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7631 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7633 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7634 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7636 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7638 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7640 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7642 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7643 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7644 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7645 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7649 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7650 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7651 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7652 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7656 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7657 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7659 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7661 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7663 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7664 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7666 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7668 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7670 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7671 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7672 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7673 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7675 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7677 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7679 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7680 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7681 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7682 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7684 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7686 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7688 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7689 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7690 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7691 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7693 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7695 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7697 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7698 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7699 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7700 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7702 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7704 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7706 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7707 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7708 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7709 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7710 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7711 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7713 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7715 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7716 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7717 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7718 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7720 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7722 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7724 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7725 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7726 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7727 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7729 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7731 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7733 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7735 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7736 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7737 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7739 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7740 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7742 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7744 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7745 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7746 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7748 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7749 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7751 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7753 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7754 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7755 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7756 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7757 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7759 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7761 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7762 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7763 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7764 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7765 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7766 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7768 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7770 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7772 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7773 Merge two files without ancestor.
7775 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7777 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7778 Merge two files with ancestor.
7780 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7782 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7784 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7785 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7787 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7789 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7790 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7792 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7794 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7795 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7796 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7799 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7801 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7802 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7803 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7806 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7808 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7809 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7810 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7811 and don't ask the user.
7812 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7813 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7815 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7817 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7818 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7819 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7820 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7821 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7822 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7823 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7824 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7826 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7828 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7830 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7834 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7835 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7836 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7838 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7840 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7842 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7843 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7844 When called interactively, displays the version.
7848 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7849 Display Ediff's manual.
7850 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7852 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7854 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7859 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7869 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7874 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7879 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7884 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7889 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21291 9464
7898 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7900 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21291 9464
7909 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7911 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7912 Display Ediff's registry.
7916 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21319 15673
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7924 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7925 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7926 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7931 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7932 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7933 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7934 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
7941 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7942 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7944 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7945 Edit a keyboard macro.
7946 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7947 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7948 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7950 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7952 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7954 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7955 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7957 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7959 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7960 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7962 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7964 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7965 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7966 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7967 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7968 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7969 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7971 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7972 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7973 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7974 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7976 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7978 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7979 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7980 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7981 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7982 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7983 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7985 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21291 9464 291241
7991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7993 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7995 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7996 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7998 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8000 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8001 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
8008 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8010 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8011 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8012 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8013 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8014 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8015 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8016 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8018 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8019 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8021 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8022 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8023 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8024 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8026 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8027 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8028 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8030 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8031 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8032 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8034 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8036 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8039 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21291 9464 291241
8045 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8046 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21291
8051 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
8052 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8053 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8055 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8056 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8057 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8058 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8059 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8060 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8061 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8063 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21291 9464 291241
8069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8071 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8072 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8074 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8076 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8077 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8078 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8079 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8080 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8082 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8083 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8084 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8085 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8086 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8087 expression point is on.
8089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8091 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8093 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8094 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8095 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8096 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8097 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8098 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8101 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8102 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8103 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8106 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8107 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21322 29240 319302
8113 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8115 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8116 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8118 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8119 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8120 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8122 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8124 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8125 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8126 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8128 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8129 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8131 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8133 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8134 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8135 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8136 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8137 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8139 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8140 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8141 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21291 9464 291241
8149 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8151 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8152 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8154 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8155 an elided material again.
8157 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21291 9464 291241
8165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8167 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8172 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8173 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8174 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8176 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8178 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8179 Lint the current buffer.
8180 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8184 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8185 Lint the function at point.
8186 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8190 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8192 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8193 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8195 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21291 9464 291241
8201 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8203 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8204 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8205 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8207 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8209 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8210 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8211 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8212 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8214 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8216 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8217 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8218 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8220 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8222 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8224 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8225 Display current profiling results.
8226 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8227 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21291 9464 291241
8236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8238 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8239 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8240 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8241 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8242 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8243 ARG is omitted or nil.
8245 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8246 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8247 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8250 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8252 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8253 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8254 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8256 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21294 49847
8264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8266 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8267 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8268 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8270 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21291 9464 291241
8276 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8278 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8279 Run Emerge on two files.
8281 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8283 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8284 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8286 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8288 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8289 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8291 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8293 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8294 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8296 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8298 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8303 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8308 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8311 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8313 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8316 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8318 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8319 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8321 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8323 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8324 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8326 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8328 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8331 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21291 9464
8337 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8339 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8340 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8341 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8342 text/enriched format.
8344 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8345 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8346 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8348 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8350 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8351 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8355 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8359 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8362 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8364 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8367 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
8372 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8374 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8375 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8377 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8379 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8380 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8382 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8384 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8385 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8386 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8387 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8388 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8389 the keys are listed.
8390 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8392 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8394 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8395 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8396 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8398 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8400 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8405 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8406 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8408 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8410 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8411 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8413 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8415 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8416 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8418 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8419 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8420 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8421 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8423 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8424 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8425 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8426 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8427 should consider using the string based counterpart
8428 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8429 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8433 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8434 (decode-coding-string
8435 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8438 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8440 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8441 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8443 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8444 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8446 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8448 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8449 Verify the current region between START and END.
8451 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8452 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8453 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8454 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8455 should consider using the string based counterpart
8456 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8457 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8461 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8462 (decode-coding-string
8463 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8466 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8468 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8469 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8470 between START and END.
8472 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8473 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8475 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8477 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8478 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8480 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8481 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8482 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8483 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8484 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8485 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8489 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8492 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8494 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8496 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8497 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8499 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8500 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8501 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8502 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8503 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8504 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8508 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8511 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8514 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8516 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8517 Delete selected KEYS.
8519 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8521 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8522 Import keys from FILE.
8526 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8527 Import keys from the region.
8529 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8531 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8532 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8533 between START and END.
8535 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8537 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8538 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8540 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8542 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8543 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21291 9464 291241
8551 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8553 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8554 Decrypt marked files.
8558 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8559 Verify marked files.
8563 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8568 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8569 Encrypt marked files.
8575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21291 9464 291241
8577 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8579 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8582 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8584 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8589 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21291 9464 291241
8598 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8600 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8601 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8603 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8604 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8608 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8609 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8610 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8612 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8616 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8617 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8618 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8620 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8624 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8625 Sign the current buffer.
8626 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8628 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8630 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8632 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8633 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8634 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8635 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8636 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8637 and also whether and how to sign.
8639 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8640 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8641 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8643 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8645 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8647 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8648 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8649 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8651 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8655 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8656 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8657 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8660 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8662 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8664 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8665 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8667 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8668 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8676 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8678 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8679 Return a context object.
8681 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21291 9464 291241
8687 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8689 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8690 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8694 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8695 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8697 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8699 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8700 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8702 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
8707 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8708 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8710 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8711 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8715 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8716 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8717 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8719 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8721 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8722 (server (erc-compute-server))
8723 (port (erc-compute-port))
8724 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8726 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8728 That is, if called with
8730 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8732 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8733 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8734 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8736 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8738 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8740 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8741 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8742 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8744 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8746 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8747 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8748 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8749 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8751 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21291
8756 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
8757 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8758 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21291 9464
8764 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8765 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21291 9464
8771 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8772 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21291 9464
8778 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8779 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21291 9464 291241
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8786 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8788 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8789 Parser for /dcc command.
8790 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8791 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8792 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8794 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8796 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8797 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8801 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8802 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8804 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8805 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8806 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8809 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8814 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8816 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21291
8821 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8824 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8825 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8827 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8829 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8830 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8831 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8832 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8834 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8836 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8839 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8841 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8842 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8844 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8846 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8847 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8849 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8851 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8852 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8854 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8856 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8857 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8859 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8861 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8862 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8864 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8866 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8867 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8869 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8871 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8872 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8876 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8877 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21291 9464 291241
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8886 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8888 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8889 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8890 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21291 9464
8898 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8899 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8901 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8902 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8903 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8904 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8905 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8906 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8909 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8911 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8914 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21291 9464
8920 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8922 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21291 9464 291241
8931 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8932 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21305 47942 151957
8938 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8939 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21291 9464 291241
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8946 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8948 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8949 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8950 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8951 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8952 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8953 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8955 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8957 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8958 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8959 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8960 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8962 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8963 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8966 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8967 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8969 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21291 9464
8975 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8976 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8978 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8979 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8983 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8984 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8988 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8989 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8993 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8994 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8998 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8999 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9003 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9004 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9008 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9009 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9013 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9014 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21291 9464 291241
9022 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9023 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21291
9028 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9030 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9032 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21291
9040 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9044 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9045 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9046 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9050 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9051 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21291 9464
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9060 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9062 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9063 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9064 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9065 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9067 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9069 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21291 9464 291241
9078 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9079 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21291
9084 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9085 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9086 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21291 9464
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9093 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21291 9464 291241
9099 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9100 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21291
9105 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9106 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9107 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9109 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9110 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9114 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9115 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9116 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9118 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21291 9464
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9125 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21291
9130 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9131 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9133 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9134 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9135 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21291
9142 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9143 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9144 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21291 9464
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21291 9464
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9159 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9160 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9161 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9163 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9165 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9166 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9167 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9168 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9169 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9171 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9172 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9173 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9174 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9177 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21291
9182 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9184 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9186 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9187 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9188 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9189 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9191 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9193 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9194 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9195 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21291 9464 291241
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9204 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9206 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9207 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21291 9464 291241
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9217 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9218 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9220 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9221 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9223 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9224 useful for assertions in BODY.
9226 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9228 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9229 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9230 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9232 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9234 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9236 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9238 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9239 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9241 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9242 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9243 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9244 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9246 Returns the stats object.
9248 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9250 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9251 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9253 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9254 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9255 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9258 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9260 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9261 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9263 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9264 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9265 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9266 and how to display message.
9268 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9270 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9272 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9273 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9275 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21291 9464 291241
9281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9283 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9285 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9286 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21291 9464
9294 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9296 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9297 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21291 9464 291241
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9306 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9308 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9309 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9310 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9311 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9312 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9313 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9314 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9315 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9316 buffer selected (or created).
9318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9320 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9321 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9322 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9324 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9326 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9327 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9328 The result might be any Lisp object.
9329 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9330 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9331 corresponding to a successful execution.
9333 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9335 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21291 9464 291241
9341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9343 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9344 File name of tags table.
9345 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9346 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9347 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9348 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9349 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9351 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9352 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9353 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9354 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9356 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9358 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9359 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9360 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9361 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9362 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9363 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9365 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9367 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9368 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9369 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9371 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9373 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9374 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9375 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9376 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9377 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9379 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9381 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9382 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9383 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9384 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9386 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9388 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9389 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9390 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9391 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9392 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9394 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9396 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9397 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9401 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9402 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9403 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9404 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9406 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9407 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9408 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9409 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9410 file the tag was in.
9412 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9414 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9415 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9416 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9417 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9418 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9419 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9420 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9421 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9422 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9424 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9426 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9427 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9428 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9429 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9430 without directory names.
9433 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9434 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9437 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9439 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9440 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9441 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9442 but does not select the buffer.
9443 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9445 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9446 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9447 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9448 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9449 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9451 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9453 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9454 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9455 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9457 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9459 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9461 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9462 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9463 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9464 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9466 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9467 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9468 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9469 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9470 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9472 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9474 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9475 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9476 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9478 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9480 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9481 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9483 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9484 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9485 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9486 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9487 around or before point.
9489 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9490 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9491 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9492 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9493 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9495 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9497 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9498 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9499 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9501 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9503 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9504 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9506 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9507 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9508 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9509 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9510 around or before point.
9512 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9513 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9514 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9515 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9516 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9518 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9520 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9521 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9522 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9524 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9526 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9527 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9529 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9530 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9531 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9533 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9534 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9535 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9536 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9537 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9539 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9541 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9542 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9543 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9545 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9547 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9548 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9549 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9551 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9552 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9554 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9555 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9556 where they were found.
9560 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9561 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9563 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9564 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9565 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9567 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9568 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9570 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9571 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9573 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9575 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9576 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9577 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9578 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9580 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9581 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9582 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9583 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9584 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9586 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9587 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9589 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9590 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9591 Stops when a match is found.
9592 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9594 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9595 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9596 restricted to these files.
9598 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9600 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9602 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9603 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9604 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9605 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9606 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9607 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9608 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9609 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9611 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9612 produce the list of files to search.
9614 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9616 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9618 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9619 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9620 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9621 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9622 directory specification.
9624 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9626 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9627 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9629 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9631 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9632 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9633 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9634 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9638 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9639 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9640 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9641 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9642 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21291
9649 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9650 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9652 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9657 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9658 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9660 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9661 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9663 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9664 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9667 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9668 even if the buffer is read-only.
9670 See also the descriptions of the variables
9671 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9673 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9675 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9676 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9678 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9679 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9681 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9682 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9685 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9686 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9688 See also the descriptions of the variables
9689 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9691 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9693 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9694 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9695 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9696 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9698 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9700 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9701 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9702 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9703 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9705 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9706 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9709 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9710 buffer is read-only.
9712 See also the descriptions of the variables
9713 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9714 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9716 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9718 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9719 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9721 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9722 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9724 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9725 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9726 the primary language.
9728 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9729 buffer is read-only.
9731 See also the descriptions of the variables
9732 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9733 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9735 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9737 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9738 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9739 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9741 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9743 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9744 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9748 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9749 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9751 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9752 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9755 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9756 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9757 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9759 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9761 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9763 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9764 This function is deprecated.
9768 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9769 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9773 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9774 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9778 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9779 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9781 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9782 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9784 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9785 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9789 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9790 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9794 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9795 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9799 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9800 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9804 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9805 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9806 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9810 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9813 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
9818 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9820 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9821 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9822 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9823 server for future sessions.
9825 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9827 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9828 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9829 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9831 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9833 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9834 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9835 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9837 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9839 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9840 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9841 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9842 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9843 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9844 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9845 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9846 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9847 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9848 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9849 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9850 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9852 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9854 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9855 Display a form to query the directory server.
9856 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9857 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9859 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9861 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9862 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9863 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9867 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21291 9464 291241
9873 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9875 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9876 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9878 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9880 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9881 Display URL and make it clickable.
9885 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9886 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9888 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9890 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9891 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9893 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9895 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9896 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9898 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9900 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9901 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9903 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21291 9464
9909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9911 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9912 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9913 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9917 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9918 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21291
9925 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9928 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9929 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21291 9464 291241
9937 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9939 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9940 Create an empty ewoc.
9942 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9944 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9945 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9946 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9947 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9948 `insert-before-markers'.
9950 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9951 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9952 respectively, of the ewoc.
9954 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9955 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9956 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9958 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
9963 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9965 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9966 Fetch URL and render the page.
9967 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9968 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9971 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9973 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9974 Render a file using EWW.
9978 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9981 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21291
9986 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9989 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9990 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9991 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9993 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9995 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9996 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9997 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9998 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9999 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10001 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10003 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10004 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10005 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10006 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10007 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10010 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10012 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10013 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10014 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10018 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10019 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10020 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10030 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10031 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10032 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10033 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10035 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10037 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10038 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10039 to generate such functions.
10041 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10042 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10043 beginning of the expanded text.
10045 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10046 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10047 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10048 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10050 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10052 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10054 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10055 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10056 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10060 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10061 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10062 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10066 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10067 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10068 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10071 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10072 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21291 9464 291241
10078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10080 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10081 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10082 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10084 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10085 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10086 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10088 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10093 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10096 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10098 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10100 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10101 `f90-program-indent'
10102 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10104 `f90-associate-indent'
10105 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10106 `f90-critical-indent'
10107 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10108 `f90-continuation-indent'
10109 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10110 `f90-comment-region'
10111 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10112 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10113 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10114 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10116 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10117 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10118 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10119 `f90-break-delimiters'
10120 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10121 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10122 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10123 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10125 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10126 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10128 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10129 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10130 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10131 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10132 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10133 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10134 `f90-leave-line-no'
10135 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10137 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10138 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21291 9464 291241
10146 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10148 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10149 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10150 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10151 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10153 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10154 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10155 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10156 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10157 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10159 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10160 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10161 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10162 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10163 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10164 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10167 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10168 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10170 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10172 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10173 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10174 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10175 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10177 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10179 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10180 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10181 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10182 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10184 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10185 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10186 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10188 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10189 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10190 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10191 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10193 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10195 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10196 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10197 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10199 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10200 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10201 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10204 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10206 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10207 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10208 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10210 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10211 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10212 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10213 will remove any scaling currently active.
10217 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10218 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10219 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10222 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10223 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10224 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10225 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10227 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10228 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10230 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10232 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10233 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10235 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10236 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10237 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10239 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10240 the face height as long as the input event read
10241 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10243 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10244 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10245 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10246 will remove any scaling currently active.
10248 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10249 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10250 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10251 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10252 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10256 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10257 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10258 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10259 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10260 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10261 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10265 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10266 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10267 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10268 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10269 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10270 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10271 `buffer-face-mode'.
10273 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10274 local, and sets it to FACE.
10276 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10278 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10279 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10280 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10281 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10282 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10283 `face' text property.
10285 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10286 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10287 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10288 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10290 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10291 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10293 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10295 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10296 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10297 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10298 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21291 9464 291241
10306 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10307 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10309 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10310 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10311 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10312 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10316 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10317 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10321 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10322 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10323 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10324 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10328 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10329 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10330 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10331 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10332 backup file names and the like).
10334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10336 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10337 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10338 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10339 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10340 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10341 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10342 internally by feedmail):
10344 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10345 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10346 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10347 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10349 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10350 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10351 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10352 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10353 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10355 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21292 8122 451256 0))
10360 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10362 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10363 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10364 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10365 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10366 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10367 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10368 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10370 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10372 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10373 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10374 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10375 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10376 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10377 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10378 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10380 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10382 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10384 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10385 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10386 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10387 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10388 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10389 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10391 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10393 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10394 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10395 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10397 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10398 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10403 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10404 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10405 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10407 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10409 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10410 Try to get a file name at point.
10411 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10415 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10416 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21291 9464 291241
10424 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10426 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10427 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10428 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10429 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10431 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10433 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10434 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10435 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10436 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10437 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10438 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10440 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10442 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10443 Add FILE to the file cache.
10447 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10448 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10449 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10451 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10453 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10454 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10455 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10457 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10459 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10460 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10461 This function does not use any external programs.
10462 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10463 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10464 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10466 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10468 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10469 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10470 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10471 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10472 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10473 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10474 \(directories) is done.
10480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21291 9464 291241
10482 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10484 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10485 Handle file system monitoring event.
10486 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10487 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10489 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
10494 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10496 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10497 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10499 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10500 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10501 Local Variables list.
10503 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10504 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10505 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10507 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10509 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10510 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10512 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10514 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10515 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10517 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10518 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10521 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10522 then this function adds it.
10524 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10526 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10527 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10529 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10531 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10532 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10534 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10536 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10537 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10539 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10541 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10542 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10546 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10547 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10551 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10552 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21291 9464 291241
10560 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10562 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10563 Filesets initialization.
10564 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21291 9464 291241
10572 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10573 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10575 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10576 Initiate the building of a find command.
10579 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10580 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10582 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10584 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10585 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10587 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21291 9464 291241
10593 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10595 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10596 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10597 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10599 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10601 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10602 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10604 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10606 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10607 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10608 and run Dired on those files.
10609 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10610 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10612 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10614 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10616 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10618 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10619 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10620 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10622 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10623 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10625 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10626 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10628 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21291 9464 291241
10634 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10636 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10637 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10638 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10639 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10640 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10641 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10642 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10644 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10646 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10647 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10648 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10650 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10652 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10654 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10656 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10657 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10658 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10660 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10661 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10663 Variables of interest include:
10665 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10666 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10667 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10669 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10670 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10671 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10673 - `ff-ignore-include'
10674 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10676 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10677 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10680 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10682 - `ff-special-constructs'
10683 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10684 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10685 extracting the filename from that construct.
10687 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10688 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10690 - `ff-search-directories'
10691 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10692 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10694 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10695 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10697 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10698 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10700 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10701 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10703 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10704 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10706 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10707 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10709 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10711 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10712 Visit the file you click on.
10714 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10716 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10717 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10719 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21291
10724 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10727 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10728 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10729 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10731 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10733 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10734 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10735 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10736 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10738 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10739 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10740 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10741 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10743 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10745 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10746 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10748 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10749 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10750 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10751 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10753 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10754 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10755 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10757 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10758 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10761 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10763 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10764 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10766 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10767 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10768 places point before the definition.
10769 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10771 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10772 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10773 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10775 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10777 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10778 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10780 See `find-function' for more details.
10782 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10784 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10785 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10787 See `find-function' for more details.
10789 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10791 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10792 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10794 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10795 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10796 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10798 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10799 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10801 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10803 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10804 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10806 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10807 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10808 places point before the definition.
10810 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10812 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10813 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10814 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10816 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10818 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10819 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10821 See `find-variable' for more details.
10823 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10825 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10826 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10828 See `find-variable' for more details.
10830 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10832 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10833 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10834 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10835 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10836 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10837 buffer nor display it.
10839 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10840 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10842 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10844 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10845 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10847 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10848 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10849 places point before the definition.
10851 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10853 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10854 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10855 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10859 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10860 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10861 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10865 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10866 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10870 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10871 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10875 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10876 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21291 9464 291241
10884 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10886 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10887 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10889 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10891 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10892 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10896 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10897 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10899 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
10904 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10905 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10907 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10908 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10912 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10913 Display FILE's commentary section.
10914 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10918 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10919 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21291 9464 291241
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10929 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10930 Toggle flow control handling.
10931 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10932 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10934 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10936 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10937 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10938 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10939 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10940 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10941 to get the effect of a C-q.
10943 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21291 9464
10949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10951 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10954 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10956 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10959 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21291 9464
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10966 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10968 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10969 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10970 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10971 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10972 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10973 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10977 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10978 Turn flymake mode on.
10982 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10983 Turn flymake mode off.
10987 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21291 9464
10996 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10998 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10999 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11002 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11004 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11005 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11006 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11007 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11008 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11010 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11011 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11012 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11015 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11016 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11017 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11018 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11021 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11024 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11025 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11026 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11028 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11030 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11033 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11034 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11038 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11039 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11043 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11044 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11048 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11049 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11053 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11054 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11056 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11058 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11059 Flyspell whole buffer.
11065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
11066 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11067 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11074 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11075 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11079 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11080 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11084 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11085 Toggle Follow mode.
11086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11087 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11088 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11090 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11091 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11093 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11094 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11095 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11097 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11098 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11099 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11102 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11103 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11104 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11105 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11106 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11109 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11110 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11112 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11114 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11116 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11117 \\{follow-mode-map}
11119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11121 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11122 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11124 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11125 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11126 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11127 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11128 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11129 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11131 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11132 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11133 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21291 9464 291241
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11142 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11144 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11145 Toggle Footnote mode.
11146 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11147 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11148 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11150 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11151 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11152 play around with the following keys:
11153 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
11160 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11162 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11163 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11165 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11166 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11167 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11168 C-c < forms-first-record <
11169 C-c > forms-last-record >
11170 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11171 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11172 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11173 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11174 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11175 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11176 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11177 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11178 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11179 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11181 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11183 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11184 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11188 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11189 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21291 9464
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11199 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11200 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11201 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11203 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11204 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11206 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11209 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11211 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11213 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11214 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11215 `fortran-do-indent'
11216 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11217 `fortran-if-indent'
11218 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11219 `fortran-structure-indent'
11220 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11222 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11223 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11224 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11225 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11226 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11227 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11228 nil don't change the indentation
11229 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11231 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11232 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11233 depending on the continuation format in use.
11234 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11235 indentation for a line of code.
11237 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11238 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11239 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11240 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11241 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11242 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11243 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11244 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11245 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11246 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11248 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11249 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11250 statements (default nil).
11251 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11252 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11253 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11254 `fortran-continuation-string'
11255 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11256 line (default \"$\").
11257 `fortran-comment-region'
11258 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11259 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11260 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11261 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11262 as typed (default t).
11263 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11264 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11266 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11267 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21291 9464 291241
11275 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11277 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11278 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11280 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11281 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11283 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11285 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11286 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11288 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11289 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11291 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11293 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11294 Compile fortune file.
11296 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11297 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11299 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11301 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11302 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11304 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11305 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11306 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11307 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11309 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11311 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11312 Display a fortune cookie.
11313 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11314 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11315 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11316 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11318 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 2232 181097
11324 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11326 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11327 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11328 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11330 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11331 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11332 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11334 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11335 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11337 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11338 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11340 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11341 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11342 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11343 intend to modify existing values, do
11345 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11347 before changing anything.
11349 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11350 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11352 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11353 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11354 to restore the frame.
11356 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11357 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11358 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11360 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11361 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11362 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11363 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11364 FILTER A filter function.
11366 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11367 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11369 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11373 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11374 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11375 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11376 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11377 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11378 before restoring it.
11379 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11381 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11383 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11384 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11385 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11387 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11388 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11390 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11391 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11392 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11393 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11394 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11395 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11396 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11398 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11400 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11401 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11403 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11405 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11406 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11407 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11408 If nil, check all live frames.
11410 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11412 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11413 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11414 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11415 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11416 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11417 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11418 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11419 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11420 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11421 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11422 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11424 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11426 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11427 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11429 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11430 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11431 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11432 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11433 and window-state is not restored.
11435 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11436 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11438 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11439 t All existing frames can be reused.
11440 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11441 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11442 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11443 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11445 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11446 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11447 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11448 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11449 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11450 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11451 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11452 be created from that parameter alist.
11454 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11455 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11456 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11457 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11458 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11459 - the live frame just restored,
11460 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11461 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11462 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11464 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11465 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11466 nil Keep all frames.
11467 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11468 - FRAME, a live frame.
11469 - ACTION, which can be one of
11470 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11471 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11472 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11473 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11474 Return value is ignored.
11476 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11477 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11478 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11479 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11480 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11482 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11484 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11486 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11487 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11488 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11490 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11492 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11493 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11494 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11495 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11497 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11499 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21291 9464 291241
11505 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11506 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21291 9464
11512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11514 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11515 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11516 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11518 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11520 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11521 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11522 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11523 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11524 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11525 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11526 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11530 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11531 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11532 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11533 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11535 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11536 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11537 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11538 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11539 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11541 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11542 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11543 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11544 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11546 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11547 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11548 shown in some of the buffers.
11550 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11552 The following commands help control operation :
11554 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11555 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11557 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11558 detailed description of this mode.
11561 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11563 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11564 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11568 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11569 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11570 | | (comint-mode) |
11577 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11578 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11579 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11580 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11581 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11582 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11584 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21291 9464
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11592 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11593 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11594 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11595 instead (which see).")
11597 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11598 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11600 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11601 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11602 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11603 documentation string instead.
11605 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11606 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11607 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11608 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11609 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11610 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11611 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11612 enders are actually possible.
11614 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11615 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11617 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11618 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11619 `font-lock-keywords'.
11621 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11622 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11623 runs the macro expansion.
11625 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11626 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11627 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11629 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11631 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11633 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11635 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11637 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11638 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11640 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11642 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11643 Enter generic mode MODE.
11645 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11646 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11647 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11649 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11650 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11654 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11655 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11656 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11657 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11658 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11659 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11660 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11661 `font-lock-keywords'.
11663 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11665 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21291 9464
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11673 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11674 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11676 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11677 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11678 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21291 9464
11686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11688 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11689 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11690 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11692 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11694 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11695 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11697 Guideline for numbers:
11699 3 - non-serious error messages
11700 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11701 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11702 9 - messages inside loops.
11704 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11706 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11707 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11708 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11710 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11712 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11713 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11715 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11717 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11718 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11720 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11721 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11722 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11723 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11724 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11725 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11727 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11728 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11729 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11730 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11731 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11733 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11735 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
11740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11741 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11742 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11743 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11745 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11746 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11750 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11752 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11753 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11754 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11755 name of an NNTP server to use.
11756 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11759 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11761 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11762 Read news as a slave.
11764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11766 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11767 Pop up a frame to read news.
11768 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11769 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11770 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11771 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11772 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11773 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11774 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11775 current display is used.
11777 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11779 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11781 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11782 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11783 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11785 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21291 9464
11791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11793 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11794 Start Gnus unplugged.
11798 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11799 Start Gnus plugged.
11803 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11804 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11808 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11809 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11811 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11812 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11813 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11815 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11816 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11817 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11821 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11822 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11826 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11827 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11828 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11829 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11830 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11833 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11835 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11836 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11837 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11838 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11839 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11842 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11844 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11845 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11849 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11850 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11851 downloaded into the agent.
11853 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11855 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11856 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11857 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11858 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11860 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11862 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11863 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11867 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11868 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11872 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11873 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11874 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11876 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21291 9464 291241
11882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11884 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11885 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21291
11892 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11895 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11896 Set a bookmark for this article.
11900 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11901 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11903 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11905 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11906 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11907 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11908 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11909 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21291 9464
11917 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11919 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11920 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11923 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11927 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11928 Generate the cache active file.
11930 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11932 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11933 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11937 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11938 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11939 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11940 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11941 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11944 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11946 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11947 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11948 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11949 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11950 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11953 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21291 9464
11959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11961 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11962 Delay this article by some time.
11963 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11965 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11966 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11968 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11969 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11971 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11972 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11974 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11976 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11977 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11981 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11982 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11983 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11984 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11986 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11987 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11989 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21291 9464
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11997 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12000 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12002 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12005 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21291 9464
12011 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12013 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12014 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21291 9464
12022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12024 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12025 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21291 9464 291241
12033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12035 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12036 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12040 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12041 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12045 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12046 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12048 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12049 different input formats.
12053 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12054 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12056 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12057 different input formats.
12061 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12062 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12063 The PNG is returned as a string.
12065 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12067 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12068 Convert FILE to a Face.
12069 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12072 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21291
12077 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
12078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12080 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12081 Display gravatar in the From header.
12082 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12084 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12086 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12087 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12088 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12090 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21291 9464
12096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12098 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12099 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12100 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12101 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12103 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12105 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12106 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12108 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21291 9464
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12116 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12119 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12121 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12124 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21291 9464
12130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12132 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12134 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12135 Run batched scoring.
12136 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21291 9464 291241
12144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12146 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12151 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12152 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12153 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12155 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12157 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12158 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12160 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21291 9464
12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12170 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12171 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12172 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12173 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12176 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12177 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12178 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12179 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12181 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12182 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12183 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12184 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12185 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12186 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12187 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12188 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12189 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12190 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12192 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12194 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12195 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12196 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12199 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12200 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12202 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12204 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12205 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12206 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12208 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12212 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12213 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12214 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12216 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12218 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12219 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12220 existing groups are considered.
12222 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12223 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12226 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12227 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12228 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12229 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12230 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12231 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12232 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12233 clauses will be generated.
12235 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12236 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12237 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12238 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12239 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12240 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12242 For example, given the following group parameters:
12245 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12246 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12248 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12249 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12250 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12251 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12253 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12255 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12257 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12259 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12260 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12263 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21291 9464 291241
12269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12271 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12272 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12273 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12274 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12275 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12278 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12280 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12283 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12285 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12286 Like `message-reply'.
12288 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12290 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12295 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
12296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12298 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12299 Send a notification on new message.
12300 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12301 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12302 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12304 This is typically a function to add in
12305 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21291 9464
12313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12315 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12316 Display picons in the From header.
12317 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12321 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12322 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12323 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12327 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12328 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12329 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21291 9464
12337 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12339 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12340 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12341 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12342 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12344 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12346 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12347 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12348 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12351 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12353 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12354 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12355 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12357 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12359 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12362 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12364 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12365 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12366 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12368 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12370 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12371 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12372 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12374 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12376 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12378 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12379 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12380 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12382 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12384 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12385 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12386 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12388 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12390 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12391 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12392 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12394 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12396 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12397 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12399 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21291
12404 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12407 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12408 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12412 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12413 Install the registry hooks.
12419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21291 9464
12421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12423 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12424 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12425 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12426 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12427 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12428 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12432 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12433 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12434 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12435 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12436 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12440 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21291 9464
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12451 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12452 Update the format specification near point.
12458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21291 9464
12460 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12462 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12463 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12465 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21291 9464 291241
12471 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12473 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12474 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12475 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12477 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21291 9464
12483 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12485 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12486 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12490 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12491 Install the sync hooks.
12497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21291 9464 291241
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12501 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12502 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12504 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21291 9464 291241
12510 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12512 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12513 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12514 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12515 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12516 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12517 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12519 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12521 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21291 9464 291241
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12529 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12530 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12532 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12533 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12534 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12536 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12537 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12538 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12540 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12541 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12543 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12544 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12546 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12548 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21291 9464
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12556 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12558 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12559 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12560 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12561 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12562 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12564 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12566 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12567 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12568 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12570 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12571 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12573 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12574 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12577 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12579 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12580 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12581 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12582 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12583 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12587 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12588 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21291 9464 291241
12596 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12598 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12599 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12600 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12602 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12604 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12605 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12607 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21291 9464 291241
12613 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12615 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12616 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12618 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12620 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12621 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12622 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12623 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12624 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12626 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12627 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12628 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12630 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12632 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12633 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12634 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12635 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12636 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12638 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12640 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12641 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12643 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12645 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12646 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12648 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12649 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12650 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12652 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12653 The default find program.
12654 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12657 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12658 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12659 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12660 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12662 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12663 How to invoke find and grep.
12664 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12665 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12666 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12667 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12669 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12671 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12672 History list for grep.")
12674 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12675 History list for grep-find.")
12677 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12678 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12679 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12683 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12688 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12689 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12693 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12694 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12695 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12696 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12697 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12699 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12700 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12702 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12703 can easily repeat a grep command.
12705 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12706 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12707 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12710 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12712 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12713 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12714 Collect output in a buffer.
12715 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12716 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12718 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12719 easily repeat a find command.
12721 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12723 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12725 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12726 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12727 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12728 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12729 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12731 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12732 before it is executed.
12733 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12735 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12736 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12737 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12739 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12741 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12743 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12744 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12745 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12746 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12747 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12749 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12750 before it is executed.
12751 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12753 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12754 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12755 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12756 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12758 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12760 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12761 to specify a command to run.
12763 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12765 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12766 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12767 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12768 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12770 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12772 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
12777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12779 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12780 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12781 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12782 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12783 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12785 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21291 9464 291241
12791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12793 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12794 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12795 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12796 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12798 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12800 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12801 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12802 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12803 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12805 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12807 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12808 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12809 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12810 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12812 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12814 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12815 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12816 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12817 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12819 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12820 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12822 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12824 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12825 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12826 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12827 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12829 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12831 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12832 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12833 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12834 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12836 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12838 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12839 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12840 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12841 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12842 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12844 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12845 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12846 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12847 original source file access method.
12849 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12850 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12852 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12854 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12855 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12859 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12860 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12861 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12863 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12864 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12866 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12868 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12869 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12870 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12871 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12872 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21291 9464 291241
12880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12882 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12883 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12884 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12885 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12886 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12887 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12888 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12890 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12892 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12894 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12895 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12896 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12898 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12899 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12900 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12902 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12903 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12905 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12907 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12909 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12910 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12911 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12912 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12913 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12915 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12917 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12919 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12922 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12924 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12926 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12928 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12929 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12930 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12931 well for simple place forms.
12932 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12933 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12934 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12935 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12936 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12937 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12938 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12940 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12942 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12944 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12945 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12946 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12947 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12948 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12950 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12951 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12953 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12955 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12957 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12959 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12960 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12961 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12962 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12963 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12964 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12966 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12968 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12970 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12971 Return a reference to PLACE.
12972 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12973 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12974 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12977 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21291 9464
12983 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12985 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12986 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12987 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12988 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12990 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12991 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12992 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12993 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21291 9464 291241
13001 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13003 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13004 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13006 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13008 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13009 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13010 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13011 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13013 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13017 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13018 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13019 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13020 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21291 9464 291241
13029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13031 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13032 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13036 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13037 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13038 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13042 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13043 Verify a hashcash payment
13045 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13047 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13048 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13049 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13050 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13051 `mail-add-payment-async').
13053 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13055 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13056 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13057 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13058 Calculation is asynchronous.
13060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13062 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13063 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13064 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21291 9464 291241
13072 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13074 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13075 Return the help-echo string at point.
13076 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13077 property, or nil, is returned.
13078 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13079 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13080 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13082 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13084 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13085 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13086 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13087 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13088 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13092 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13093 Display local help in the echo area.
13094 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13095 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13096 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13099 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13100 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13101 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13105 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13106 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13107 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13111 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13112 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13113 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13117 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13118 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13119 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13120 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13121 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13122 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13123 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13124 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13125 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13126 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13127 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13129 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13130 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13131 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13132 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13133 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13135 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13136 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13137 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13138 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13139 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13140 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13141 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13142 The default is `never'.")
13144 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13146 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13147 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13148 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13149 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13150 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13151 considered different regions.
13153 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13154 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13155 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13156 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13157 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13158 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13159 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13160 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13161 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13163 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13165 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13166 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13167 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13168 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13171 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13172 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13173 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13174 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13175 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13176 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13177 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13178 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13180 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13181 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13182 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13183 rarely happens in practice.
13185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13187 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13188 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13189 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13190 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13191 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13192 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21291 9464 291241
13200 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13202 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13203 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13205 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13207 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13208 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13209 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13211 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13213 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13214 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13215 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13216 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13217 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13218 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13219 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13220 search for a function definition.
13222 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13223 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13224 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13225 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13226 suitable file is found, return nil.
13228 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13230 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13233 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13235 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13236 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13237 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13238 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13240 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13242 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13243 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13244 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13245 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13246 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13247 it is displayed along with the global value.
13249 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13251 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13252 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13253 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13254 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13256 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13258 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13259 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13260 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13261 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13262 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13264 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13266 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13267 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13271 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13272 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21291 9464 291241
13280 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13282 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13283 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13284 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13285 window listing and describing the options.
13286 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13287 gives the window that lists the options.")
13289 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21291 9464 291241
13295 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13297 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13298 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13299 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13305 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13310 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13315 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13316 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13318 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13319 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13320 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13321 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13323 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13324 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13325 restore it properly when going back.
13327 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13329 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13330 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13331 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13332 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13334 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13335 it does not already exist.
13339 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13340 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13342 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13343 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13344 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13345 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13346 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13347 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13348 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13349 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13351 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13352 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13353 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13354 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13356 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13357 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13360 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13362 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13363 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13364 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13365 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13366 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13367 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13369 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13371 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13372 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13373 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13374 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13375 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13377 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13379 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13380 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13382 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13384 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13385 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13386 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13387 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13389 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21291 9464
13395 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13397 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13398 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13402 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13403 Provide help for current mode.
13409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
13410 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13412 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13413 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13414 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13415 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13416 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13418 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13419 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13421 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13422 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13423 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13424 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13426 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13427 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13430 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13435 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13436 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13437 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13438 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13439 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13440 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13441 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13442 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13443 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13444 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13445 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13446 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13447 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13448 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13449 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13451 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13452 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13453 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13455 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13458 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13460 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13461 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13462 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13464 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13465 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13466 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13468 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13469 into the buffer at the current point.
13471 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13472 into the buffer at the current point.
13474 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13475 into the buffer at the current point.
13477 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13479 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13480 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13482 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13484 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13488 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13489 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13490 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13491 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13493 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13495 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13496 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13497 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
13504 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13506 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13507 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13512 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13513 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13514 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13515 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13517 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13518 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13519 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13520 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13522 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13523 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13524 which can be called interactively, are:
13526 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13527 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13529 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13530 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13531 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13532 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13534 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13535 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13537 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13538 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13539 available face automatically.
13541 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13542 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13544 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13545 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13546 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13547 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13548 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13549 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13550 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13551 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13552 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13553 function returns t.
13555 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13556 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13558 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13559 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13563 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13564 position (number of characters into buffer)
13565 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13566 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13567 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13571 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13572 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13573 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13574 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13575 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13576 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13578 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13580 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13581 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13582 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13583 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13584 ARG is omitted or nil.
13586 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13587 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13588 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13592 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13594 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13595 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13596 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13597 Use the global history list for FACE.
13599 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13600 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13601 highlighting will not update as you type.
13603 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13605 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13607 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13608 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13609 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13610 Use the global history list for FACE.
13612 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13613 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13614 highlighting will not update as you type.
13616 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13618 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13620 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13621 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13622 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13623 Use the global history list for FACE.
13625 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13626 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13627 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13629 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13630 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13631 highlighting will not update as you type.
13633 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13635 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13637 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13638 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13639 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13640 unless you use a prefix argument.
13641 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13643 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13644 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13648 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13650 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13651 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13652 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13653 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13654 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13655 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13657 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13659 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13660 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13662 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13663 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13664 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21291 9464
13672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13674 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13675 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13676 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13677 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13678 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13680 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13681 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13682 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13683 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13686 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13687 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13690 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13691 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13692 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13693 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13694 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13697 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13698 #endif lines when hiding.
13700 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13701 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13704 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13705 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13706 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13708 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21291 9464
13716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13718 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13719 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13720 Each element has the form
13721 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13723 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13724 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13726 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13727 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13729 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13730 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13731 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13732 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13733 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13734 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13736 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13737 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13739 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13740 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13742 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13743 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13744 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13746 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13747 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13748 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13749 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13750 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13752 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13753 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13754 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13756 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13757 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13758 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13760 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13761 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13763 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13766 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13770 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13771 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21291 9464 291241
13779 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13781 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13782 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13783 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13784 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13785 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13787 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13788 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13789 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13792 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13793 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13794 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13795 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13796 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13797 through various faces.
13798 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13799 buffer with the contents of a file
13800 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13804 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13805 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13806 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13807 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13808 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13810 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13811 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13812 in a distinctive face.
13814 The default value can be customized with variable
13815 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13817 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13821 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13822 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13823 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13825 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13827 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13828 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13832 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13833 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13837 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13838 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13840 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13841 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13842 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13843 shown in the last face in the list.
13845 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13846 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13847 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13849 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13853 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13854 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13856 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13858 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13861 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13862 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13864 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13865 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13866 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13868 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13870 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13871 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13873 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13874 this function is called interactively.
13876 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13877 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13878 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13880 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13881 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13882 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13884 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13886 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13887 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13888 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13890 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13891 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13893 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13895 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13896 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13897 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13898 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13899 ARG is omitted or nil.
13901 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13902 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13903 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21291 9464 291241
13911 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13912 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13914 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13915 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13916 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13917 or insert functions in this list.")
13919 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13921 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13922 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13923 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13924 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13925 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13927 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13928 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13929 undoes the expansion.
13933 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13934 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13935 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13936 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13938 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
13943 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13945 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13946 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13948 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13949 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13951 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13952 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13953 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13954 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13955 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13956 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13958 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13959 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13960 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13961 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13965 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13966 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13967 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13969 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13970 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13972 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13974 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13975 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13976 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13977 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13978 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13980 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13981 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13984 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13985 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21291 9464
13993 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13995 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13997 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13998 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13999 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14001 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14003 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14005 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14007 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14009 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14011 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14013 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14015 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14017 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14019 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14021 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14023 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14025 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14027 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14028 User defined holidays.
14029 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14031 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14033 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14035 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14036 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14038 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14040 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14041 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14043 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14045 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14046 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14048 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14050 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14051 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14053 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14055 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14057 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14059 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14061 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14063 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14065 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14067 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14068 Christian holidays.
14069 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14071 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14073 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14075 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14077 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14079 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14081 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14083 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14085 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14087 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14089 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14091 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14093 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14095 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14097 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14098 Sun-related holidays.
14099 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14101 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14103 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14105 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14107 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14108 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14109 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14110 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14114 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14115 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14116 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14117 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14118 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14120 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14121 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14123 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14124 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14126 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14127 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14128 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14129 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14132 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14134 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14136 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21291 9464
14142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14144 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14145 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21326 26296
14153 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14154 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14156 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14157 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14158 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14159 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14162 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14163 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14166 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14167 characters such as ^L (
\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14169 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14170 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14171 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14173 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14175 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14176 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14177 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14179 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14181 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21291 9464 291241
14187 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14189 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14190 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14192 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14193 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14194 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14196 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14197 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14198 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14199 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14200 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14201 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14203 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14204 title of the column.
14206 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14207 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14208 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14209 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14210 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14212 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14214 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14215 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14216 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14217 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14218 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14220 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14221 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14222 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14224 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14226 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14227 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14228 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14229 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14230 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14231 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14233 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14234 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14235 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14236 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14237 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14238 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14239 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14240 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14242 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14243 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14244 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14245 buffer's modification flag.
14246 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14247 prompted before performing this operation.
14248 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14249 operation is complete, in the form:
14250 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14251 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14252 confirmation message, in the form:
14253 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14254 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14255 macro for exactly what it does.
14257 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14259 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14260 Define a filter named NAME.
14261 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14262 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14263 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14265 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14266 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14267 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14268 bound to the current value of the filter.
14270 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
14275 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14277 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14278 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14279 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14280 buffers which are visiting a file.
14282 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14284 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14285 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14286 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14287 buffers which are visiting a file.
14289 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14291 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14292 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14293 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14295 All arguments are optional.
14296 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14297 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14298 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14299 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14300 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14301 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14302 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14303 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14304 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14305 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14306 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14307 that value locally in this buffer.
14309 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21291
14314 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
14315 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14316 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14318 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14319 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14320 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14321 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14323 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14325 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14326 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14327 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14328 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14330 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14331 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14332 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14334 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14336 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14337 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14338 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14339 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14340 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14341 non-marking or not.
14343 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14345 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14346 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14348 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14349 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14352 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14353 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14354 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14356 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14359 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14360 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14361 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14363 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21291 9464 291241
14369 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14371 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14372 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14373 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14375 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14376 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14378 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14380 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14381 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14382 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14383 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14384 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14386 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14387 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14388 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14389 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14391 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14392 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14394 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14397 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21291 9464 291241
14405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14407 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14408 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14409 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14410 Tab indents for Icon code.
14411 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14412 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14414 Variables controlling indentation style:
14415 icon-tab-always-indent
14416 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14417 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14419 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14420 inserted in Icon code.
14422 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14423 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14424 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14425 icon-continued-statement-offset
14426 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14427 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14428 icon-continued-brace-offset
14429 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14430 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14432 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14433 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14434 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14435 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14437 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14438 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21291
14445 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
14446 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14448 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14449 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14450 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14451 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14453 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14454 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14457 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14458 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14460 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14461 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14462 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14464 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14466 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21335 41274
14472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14473 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14475 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14476 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14478 The main features of this mode are
14480 1. Indentation and Formatting
14481 --------------------------
14482 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14483 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14485 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14486 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14487 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14488 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14490 Comments are indented as follows:
14492 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14493 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14494 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14496 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14498 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14499 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14500 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14501 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14502 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14503 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14505 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14506 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14507 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14508 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14512 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14513 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14514 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14515 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14516 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14517 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14518 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14519 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14520 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14521 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14526 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14527 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14528 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14529 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14533 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14534 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14535 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14536 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14537 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14540 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14541 --------------------------------
14542 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14543 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14545 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14546 \\fu FUNCTION template
14547 \\c CASE statement template
14548 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14549 \\f FOR loop template
14550 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14551 \\w WHILE loop template
14552 \\i IF statement template
14553 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14556 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14557 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14559 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14560 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14561 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14562 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14564 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14565 -------------------------
14566 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14567 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14569 7. Automatic END completion
14570 ------------------------
14571 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14572 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14576 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14577 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14579 9. Documentation and Customization
14580 -------------------------------
14581 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14582 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14583 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14584 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14585 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14589 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14590 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14591 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14593 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
14600 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14602 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14603 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14604 The following values are possible:
14605 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14607 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14608 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14609 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14611 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14612 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14614 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14616 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14617 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14618 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14619 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14620 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14621 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14622 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14623 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14624 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14628 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14629 Switch to another buffer.
14630 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14631 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14634 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14635 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14636 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14637 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14638 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14640 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14641 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14643 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14645 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14646 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14647 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14648 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14649 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14650 in a separate window.
14651 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14652 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14653 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14654 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14655 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14656 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14657 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14658 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14659 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14663 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14664 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14665 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14666 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14670 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14671 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14672 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14673 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14677 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14679 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14680 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14684 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14685 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14686 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14687 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14691 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14692 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14693 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14694 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14698 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14699 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14703 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14704 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14705 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14706 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14709 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14710 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14711 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14712 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14713 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14714 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14716 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14717 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14719 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14721 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14722 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14723 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14724 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14725 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14726 in a separate window.
14727 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14728 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14729 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14730 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14731 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14732 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14733 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14734 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14735 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14736 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14737 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14738 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14739 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14740 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14741 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14742 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14743 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14744 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14748 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14749 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14750 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14751 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14755 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14756 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14757 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14758 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14762 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14763 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14764 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14765 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14769 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14770 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14771 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14772 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14776 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14777 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14778 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14779 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14783 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14784 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14785 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14786 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14790 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14791 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14792 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14793 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14797 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14798 Write current buffer to a file.
14799 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14800 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14804 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14805 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14806 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14807 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14811 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14812 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14813 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14814 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14818 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14819 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14820 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14821 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14822 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14823 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14825 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14827 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14828 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14829 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14830 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14832 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14834 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14835 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14836 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14837 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14839 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14841 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14842 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14843 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14844 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14845 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14846 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14847 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14848 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14849 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14850 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14851 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14852 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14853 with point positioned at the end.
14854 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14855 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14857 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
14862 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14864 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14865 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14866 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14867 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
14874 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14876 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14878 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14879 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14880 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14881 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14882 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14883 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
14890 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14892 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14893 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14894 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14897 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14899 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14900 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14901 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14906 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14907 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14908 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14911 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14913 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14914 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14915 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14918 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14920 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14921 Determine and return image type.
14922 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14923 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14924 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14925 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14926 use its file extension as image type.
14927 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14929 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14931 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14932 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14933 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14935 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14937 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14938 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14939 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14941 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14942 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14943 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14944 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14949 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14951 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14952 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14953 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14954 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14955 use its file extension as image type.
14956 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14957 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14958 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14959 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14961 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14963 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14964 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14965 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14967 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14969 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14970 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14971 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14972 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14973 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14974 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14975 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14976 POS may be an integer or marker.
14977 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14978 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14979 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14980 means display it in the right marginal area.
14982 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14984 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14985 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14986 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14987 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14988 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14989 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14990 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14991 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14992 means display it in the right marginal area.
14993 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14994 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14995 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14996 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14997 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14999 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15001 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15002 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15003 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15004 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15005 STRING is a single space.
15006 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15007 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15008 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15009 means display it in the right marginal area.
15010 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15012 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15014 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15015 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15016 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15017 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15019 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15021 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15022 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15024 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15026 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15027 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15028 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15029 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15030 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15031 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15032 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15033 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15036 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15038 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15040 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15042 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15043 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15045 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15046 documentation string.
15048 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15049 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15050 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15051 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15052 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15053 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15054 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15059 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15060 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15062 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15064 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15066 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15067 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15068 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15069 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15071 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15072 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15073 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15074 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15076 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21291 9464
15084 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15085 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15087 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15088 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15089 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15090 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15091 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15092 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15096 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15097 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15099 Convenience command that:
15101 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15102 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15103 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15105 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15106 image files in dired and type
15107 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15109 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15111 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15112 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15114 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15116 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15117 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15118 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15119 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15120 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15123 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15124 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15125 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15127 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15128 instead of erasing it first.
15130 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15131 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15132 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15133 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15134 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15135 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15137 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15139 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15140 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15141 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15142 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15147 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15149 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15151 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15152 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15156 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15157 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15158 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15162 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15163 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15167 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15168 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15169 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15170 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15174 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15175 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15179 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15180 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15184 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15185 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15189 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15190 Display current image file.
15191 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15192 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15196 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15197 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15201 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15202 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15203 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15204 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15205 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15206 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15207 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15211 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15212 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15213 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21291 9464 291241
15222 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15224 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15225 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15226 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15227 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15229 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15230 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15231 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15232 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15234 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15236 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15237 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15238 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15239 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15241 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15242 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15243 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15244 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15246 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15248 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15249 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15253 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15254 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15255 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15256 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15258 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15260 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15261 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15262 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15265 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15267 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15269 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15270 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15273 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15275 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15276 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15277 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21291 9464 291241
15285 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15287 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15288 Major mode for image files.
15289 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15290 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15297 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15298 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15299 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15300 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15301 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15303 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15304 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15309 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15310 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15311 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15312 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15313 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15314 to display an image file as the actual image.
15316 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15317 to display an image file as text initially.
15319 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15324 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15327 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
15332 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15334 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15335 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15337 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15339 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15340 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15343 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15345 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15346 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15347 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15349 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15351 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15352 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15353 Each element of this list should have the form
15355 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15357 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15358 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15359 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15361 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15362 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15363 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15364 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15366 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15367 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15369 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15370 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15371 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15374 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15375 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15376 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15378 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15379 create a buffer index.
15381 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15382 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15383 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15384 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15385 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15387 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15389 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15390 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15392 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15393 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15394 called within a `save-excursion'.
15396 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15398 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15400 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15401 Function for finding the next index position.
15403 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15404 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15405 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15408 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15409 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15411 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15413 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15414 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15416 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15417 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15418 It should return the name for that index item.")
15420 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15422 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15423 Function to compare string with index item.
15425 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15426 non-nil if they match.
15428 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15429 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15430 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15431 arguments match\".")
15433 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15435 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15436 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15437 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15439 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15440 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15444 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15446 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15447 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15448 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15449 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15453 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15454 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15456 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15460 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15461 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15462 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15463 for more information.
15465 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21291 9464
15471 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15473 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15474 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15476 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15478 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15481 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15483 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15486 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15488 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15491 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15493 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15494 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15496 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21291 9464
15502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15504 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15505 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15506 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15508 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15509 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15510 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15511 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15515 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
15520 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15522 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15523 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15524 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15525 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15526 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15527 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15528 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15529 first in this list.
15531 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15532 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15533 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15534 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15535 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15537 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15538 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15539 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15541 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15542 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15544 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15545 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15547 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15548 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15549 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15550 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15551 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15552 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15553 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15554 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15555 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15556 with the top-level Info directory.
15558 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15559 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15561 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15564 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15565 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15566 in all the directories in that path.
15568 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15570 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15572 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15573 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15577 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15578 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15582 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15583 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15584 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15585 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15589 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15590 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15591 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15592 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15594 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15596 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15597 Go to the Info directory node.
15601 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15602 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15603 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15604 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15605 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15606 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15608 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15610 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15611 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15612 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15614 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15616 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15617 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15618 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15619 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15620 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15622 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15624 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15625 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15626 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15627 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15628 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15630 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15631 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15633 Selecting other nodes:
15634 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15635 Follow a node reference you click on.
15636 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15637 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15638 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15639 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15640 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15641 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15642 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15643 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15644 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15645 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15646 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15647 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15648 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15649 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15650 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15651 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15652 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15653 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15654 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15655 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15657 Moving within a node:
15658 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15659 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15660 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15661 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15662 move up to the parent node.
15663 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15664 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15666 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15669 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15670 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15671 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15672 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15673 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15674 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15675 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15676 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15677 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15678 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15679 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15680 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15681 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15682 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15683 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15684 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15687 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15689 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15690 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15691 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15692 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15693 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15694 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15696 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15697 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15699 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15700 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15702 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15703 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15704 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15705 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15709 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15710 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15711 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15715 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15716 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15717 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15719 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15721 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15722 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15723 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15724 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15726 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21291 9464 291241
15732 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15734 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15735 Throw away all cached data.
15736 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15737 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15741 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15743 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15744 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15745 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15746 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15747 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15748 one found at point.
15750 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15752 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15753 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15755 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15756 Display the documentation of a file.
15757 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15758 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15759 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15760 The default file name is the one found at point.
15762 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15764 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15766 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15767 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15769 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15771 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15772 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15774 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21291 9464 291241
15780 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15781 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15783 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15784 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15785 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15786 current info file is the default.
15788 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15789 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15790 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15791 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15792 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15794 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15795 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15796 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15797 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15798 mistake in the reference.
15800 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15801 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15802 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15804 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15805 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15806 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15807 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15809 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15811 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15812 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15813 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15814 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15817 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15818 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15819 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15820 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15821 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15822 should be harmless.
15826 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15827 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15828 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15829 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15831 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15832 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15833 and can take a long time.
15837 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15838 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15839 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15841 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15843 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15844 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15846 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15847 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15848 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15849 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15852 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15853 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15854 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15855 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15858 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21291 9464 291241
15864 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15866 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15867 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15869 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15871 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15872 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15874 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15876 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15877 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15878 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15879 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15881 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15882 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15883 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15885 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15886 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15887 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15888 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15892 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15893 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15894 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15898 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15899 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15900 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15901 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15902 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21291 9464
15910 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15911 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15913 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15914 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15915 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15917 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21291
15922 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
15923 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15925 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15926 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15930 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15931 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15935 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15938 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21291 9464 291241
15944 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15945 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15947 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15948 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15949 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15950 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15951 accessed via isearchb.
15957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21291
15958 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
15959 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15961 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15962 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15963 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15964 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15965 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15967 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15969 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15970 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15971 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15972 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15973 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15975 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15977 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15978 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15979 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15980 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15981 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15983 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15985 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15986 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15987 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15988 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15989 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15991 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15993 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15994 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15995 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15996 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15997 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15999 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16001 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16002 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16003 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16004 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16005 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16007 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16009 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16010 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16011 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16012 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16013 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16015 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16017 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16018 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16019 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16020 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16022 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16024 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16025 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16026 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16027 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16029 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16031 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16032 Warn that format is read-only.
16034 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16036 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16037 Warn that format is write-only.
16039 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16041 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16042 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16049 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
16050 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16051 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16052 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21291 9464
16058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16060 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16062 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16063 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16064 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16065 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16066 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16068 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16070 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16072 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16073 Key map for ispell menu.")
16075 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16076 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16077 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16078 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16080 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16082 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16084 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16086 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16088 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16089 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16090 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16091 Valid forms include:
16092 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16093 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16094 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16095 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16097 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16098 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16099 First list is used raw.
16100 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16102 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16103 for skipping in latex mode.")
16105 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16106 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16107 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16108 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16109 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16110 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16111 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16113 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16114 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16115 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16116 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16118 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16119 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16120 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16121 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16122 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16124 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16125 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16127 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16128 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16130 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16131 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16133 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16134 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16137 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16138 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16139 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16140 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16141 quit spell session exited.
16143 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16145 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16146 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16147 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16149 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16151 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16152 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16156 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16157 SPC: Accept word this time.
16158 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16159 `a': Accept word for this session.
16160 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16161 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16162 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16163 `?': Show these commands.
16164 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16165 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16166 the aborted check to be completed later.
16167 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16168 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16169 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16170 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16171 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16172 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16173 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16177 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16178 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16179 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16180 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16182 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16184 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16185 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16186 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16187 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16189 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16191 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16193 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16194 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16195 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16196 amount for last line processed.
16198 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16200 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16201 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16205 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16206 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16210 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16211 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16212 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16214 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16216 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16217 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16221 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16222 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16223 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16224 sequence inside of a word.
16226 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16228 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16230 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16231 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16235 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16236 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16237 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16238 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16240 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16241 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16242 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16243 available on the net.
16247 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16248 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16249 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16250 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16251 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16253 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16254 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16257 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16258 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16261 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16262 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16266 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16267 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16268 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16269 Don't check included messages.
16271 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16272 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16273 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16275 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16277 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16278 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16279 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16280 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16282 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16283 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16284 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21291
16291 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
16292 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16294 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16299 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16300 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16301 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16302 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16303 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16304 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16305 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16306 necessary to represent OBJ.
16308 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16310 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16311 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16312 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16313 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16315 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16317 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16318 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16319 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16320 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16321 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16323 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16325 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16326 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16327 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16328 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16330 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16332 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16333 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16334 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16335 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16337 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16339 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16340 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16342 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16344 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16345 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16346 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16347 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16348 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16350 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16352 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16353 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16354 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16355 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16356 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16358 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16360 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16361 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16362 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16364 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21291 9464 291241
16370 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16372 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16373 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16374 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16375 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16377 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16380 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16382 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16383 Uninstall jka-compr.
16384 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16385 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16386 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16394 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16396 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16397 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16400 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16405 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16406 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21291 9464
16412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16414 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16415 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16416 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16417 decimal key must be specified.")
16419 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16421 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16422 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16423 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16424 decimal key must be specified.")
16426 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16428 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16429 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16430 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16431 decimal key must be specified.")
16433 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16435 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16436 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16437 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16438 decimal key must be specified.")
16440 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16442 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16443 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16444 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16445 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16446 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16450 -------------------------------------------------------------
16451 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16452 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16453 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16454 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16455 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16456 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16457 in the global and local keymaps.
16459 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16460 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16462 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21291
16467 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
16468 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16470 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16471 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16472 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16474 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16475 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16476 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16477 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16480 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16481 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16482 the context of text formatting.
16484 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21291 9464 291241
16490 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16492 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16493 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16494 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16495 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16496 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16497 positions that contains the current selection.")
16499 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16500 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16501 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16502 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16503 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16504 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16505 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16507 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16512 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16513 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16514 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16515 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16516 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16517 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16518 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16519 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16521 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16522 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16523 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16525 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16527 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16528 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16529 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16530 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16531 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16533 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16535 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16536 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16537 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16539 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16540 defining the macro.
16542 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16543 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16544 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16546 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16547 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16551 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16552 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16553 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16554 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16555 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16558 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16559 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16560 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16564 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16565 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16566 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16567 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16569 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16570 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16571 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16572 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16574 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16575 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16577 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16579 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16580 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16581 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16583 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16586 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16587 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16589 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16590 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16591 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16593 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16594 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16598 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16599 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16600 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16601 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16603 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16605 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16606 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16607 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16608 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16610 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16611 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16613 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16615 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16616 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16617 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16619 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21291
16624 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
16625 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16627 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16628 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16629 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16631 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21291 9464 291241
16640 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16642 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16644 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16645 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16649 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16650 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16651 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16652 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16654 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16655 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16656 none / 1 | yes | no
16661 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16662 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16663 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21291 9464
16671 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16673 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16676 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16678 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16679 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16680 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16681 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16682 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16683 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16685 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16686 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16688 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16690 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16691 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16693 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16695 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16698 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16700 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16703 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21291
16708 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
16709 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16711 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16712 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16713 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16714 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16716 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16718 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16719 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16720 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16722 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16724 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16725 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16726 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16730 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16731 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16732 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16733 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16735 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16740 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
16741 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16743 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16744 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16745 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16746 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16747 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16748 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16749 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16750 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16752 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16753 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16756 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16758 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16760 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16761 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16762 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16763 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16764 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16765 `latin1-display-setup'.
16767 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16769 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16770 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16771 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16772 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16774 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16775 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16777 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21291
16782 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
16783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16785 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16786 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16793 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16795 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16796 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16797 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16798 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16799 generations (this defaults to 1).
16801 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16806 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16807 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16809 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16810 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16812 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16813 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16815 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16819 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16820 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16821 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16822 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16823 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16824 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16826 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16828 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16829 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16830 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16831 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16832 ARG is omitted or nil.
16834 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16835 `linum-on' would do it.
16836 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21291 9464 291241
16844 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16846 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16847 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16848 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16849 is nil, raise an error.
16851 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16852 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16853 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16854 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16855 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16856 defined by the library.
16858 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16859 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16860 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16861 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16862 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16865 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16866 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16867 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16868 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16870 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16875 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16877 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16878 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16879 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16881 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16883 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16884 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16885 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16886 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16888 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16889 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16890 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16891 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16892 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16893 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16896 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16897 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16899 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16900 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16902 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16903 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16905 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16907 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16908 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16909 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16910 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16911 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16912 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16913 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16914 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16915 to constrain a big search.
16917 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16919 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16920 except that FILTER is not optional.
16922 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21291 9464 291241
16928 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16930 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16931 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16932 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16933 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16934 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16935 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16936 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16937 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16938 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16939 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16941 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16942 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16944 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16945 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16946 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16947 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16948 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16950 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16951 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16952 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16954 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21291 9464 291241
16960 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16962 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16963 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16970 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16972 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16973 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16975 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16976 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16978 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16979 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16980 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16982 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16983 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16985 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16986 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16987 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16988 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16989 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16990 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16991 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16993 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16995 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16996 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16997 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16998 switch on this list.
16999 See `lpr-command'.")
17001 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17003 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17004 Name of program for printing a file.
17006 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17007 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17008 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17009 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17010 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17011 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17014 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17016 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17017 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17018 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17019 for customization of the printer command.
17023 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17024 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17026 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17027 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17028 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17029 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17031 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17032 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17034 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17035 for further customization of the printer command.
17039 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17040 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17041 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17042 for customization of the printer command.
17044 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17046 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17047 Paginate and print the region contents.
17049 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17050 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17051 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17052 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17054 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17055 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17057 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17058 for further customization of the printer command.
17060 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
17065 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17067 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17068 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17069 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17071 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21291 9464 291241
17077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17079 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17080 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17081 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17082 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17086 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21291 9464
17092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17094 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17095 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
17102 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17104 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17105 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17106 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17107 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17108 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17110 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17112 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17113 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17114 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17115 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17116 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17118 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17119 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17120 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17121 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17124 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17125 use this command, and then save the file.
17127 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17129 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17130 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17131 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17132 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17133 each time the macro executes.
17134 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17135 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17136 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17137 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17138 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17139 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17140 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17144 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17145 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17146 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17147 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17149 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17150 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17151 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17154 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17155 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17157 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17158 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17159 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17160 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17161 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17163 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17166 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17167 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17168 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17170 You could enter the names in this format:
17176 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17179 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17182 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17183 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17185 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17186 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21291 9464
17192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17194 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17195 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17196 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17197 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17198 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17199 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17201 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17202 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17203 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17204 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17205 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17207 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17208 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17209 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17212 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17214 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17215 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17217 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21291 9464
17223 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17225 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17226 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17230 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17235 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17236 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17238 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17240 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17241 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17242 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17245 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21291 9464
17253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17255 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17256 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17257 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17258 often correct parser.")
17260 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17262 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17263 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17264 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17265 a value which excludes your own email address.
17267 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17268 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17270 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17272 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17273 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17275 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17277 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17278 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17279 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17280 we return it unconverted.
17282 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17283 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17285 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17287 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17288 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17289 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17290 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17292 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17294 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17295 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17296 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17297 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17299 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17301 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17302 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17303 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17304 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17305 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17306 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17307 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17308 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17309 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17312 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17314 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17315 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17316 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17317 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17318 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17319 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17320 matches may be returned from the message body.
17322 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21291 9464
17328 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17330 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17331 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17332 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17333 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17334 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17335 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17337 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17339 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17340 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17341 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17342 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17343 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17345 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17346 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17347 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17348 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17352 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17353 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17357 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17358 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17359 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17361 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17363 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17364 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17365 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17367 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17368 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17369 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17372 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21291 9464
17378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17380 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17381 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17382 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17384 If `parens', they look like:
17385 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17386 If `angles', they look like:
17387 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17389 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17391 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17392 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17393 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17394 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17395 their `Resent-' variants.
17397 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17398 removed from alias expansions.
17400 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17402 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17403 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17404 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17406 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17407 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17408 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17409 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17411 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17413 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17414 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17415 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17419 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17420 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17421 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17422 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17426 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21291 9464
17432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17434 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17435 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17436 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17437 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21291
17444 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
17445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17447 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17448 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17450 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17451 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17452 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17453 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17454 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17455 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17457 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17458 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17459 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17460 dependency, despite the colon.
17462 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17464 In the browser, use the following keys:
17466 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17468 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17470 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17471 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17473 `makefile-target-colon':
17474 The string that gets appended to all target names
17475 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17476 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17478 `makefile-macro-assign':
17479 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17480 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17481 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17482 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17483 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17484 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17486 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17487 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17488 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17490 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17491 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17493 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17494 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17495 up or down in the browser.
17497 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17498 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17500 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17501 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17503 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17504 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17505 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17506 has been selected in the browser.
17508 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17509 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17510 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17511 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17512 filenames are omitted.
17514 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17515 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17516 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17517 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17518 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17519 the backslash itself intact.
17520 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17521 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17523 `makefile-browser-hook':
17524 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17525 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17527 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17528 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17529 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17530 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17534 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17535 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17539 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17540 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17544 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17545 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17549 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17550 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17554 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17555 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
17562 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17564 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17565 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17566 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
17573 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17575 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17577 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17578 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17579 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17580 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17581 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17582 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17583 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17584 page, it will display immediately.
17586 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17587 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17588 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17593 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17594 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17595 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17596 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17600 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17601 otherwise look like a page name.
17606 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17607 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17608 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17612 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17614 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17615 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17617 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17619 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17620 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17622 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
17627 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17628 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17630 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17631 Toggle Master mode.
17632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17633 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17634 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17636 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17637 using the following commands:
17639 \\{master-mode-map}
17641 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17642 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17643 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21291 9464 291241
17651 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17653 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17654 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17655 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17657 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17658 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17660 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17662 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17663 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17665 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17666 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17668 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17669 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17670 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17671 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
17678 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17679 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21291 9464 291241
17685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17687 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17689 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17690 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17691 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17692 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17693 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17694 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17695 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17696 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17697 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17698 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17699 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17700 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17701 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17702 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17703 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17704 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17705 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17706 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17707 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17708 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17709 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17710 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17711 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17712 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17713 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17714 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17715 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17716 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17717 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17718 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17719 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17720 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17721 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17722 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17723 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17724 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17725 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17726 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17730 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17731 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17732 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17733 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17734 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17736 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17738 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17739 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17741 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17743 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17744 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17746 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17748 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17749 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17751 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17753 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17754 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17755 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17757 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17759 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17760 Cancel an article you posted.
17761 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17765 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17766 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17767 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17768 header line with the old Message-ID.
17772 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17773 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17777 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17778 Forward the current message via mail.
17779 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17780 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17782 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17784 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17787 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17789 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17792 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17794 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17795 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17799 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17800 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17802 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17804 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17805 Re-mail the current message.
17806 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17807 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17812 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17813 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17815 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17817 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17818 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17820 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17822 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17823 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17825 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17827 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17828 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17830 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17832 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17833 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17834 Works by overstriking characters.
17835 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17836 which specify the range to operate on.
17838 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17840 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17841 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17842 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17843 which specify the range to operate on.
17845 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21291
17850 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
17851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17852 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17854 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17855 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17859 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17860 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21291 9464 291241
17868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17870 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17871 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17872 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17876 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17877 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17878 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17879 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17880 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17881 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17882 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17884 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17886 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17887 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17888 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17889 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17890 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17892 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17893 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17895 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17897 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17898 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17899 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17900 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17901 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17903 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17904 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17906 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21291 9464 291241
17912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17914 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17915 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17916 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17920 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17921 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17922 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17926 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17927 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17929 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17930 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17931 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17933 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17934 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17936 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17937 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17939 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17941 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17943 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17944 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17945 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17946 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17947 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17950 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17951 initial Subject field, respectively.
17953 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17954 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17957 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17958 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17960 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17962 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17963 Save draft and send message.
17965 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17966 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17967 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17970 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17971 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17972 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17974 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17975 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17976 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17977 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17978 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17979 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17981 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17982 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17984 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17985 message and scan line.
17987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17989 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17990 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17992 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17993 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17994 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17995 delete the draft message.
18001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
18002 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18003 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18005 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18007 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18009 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18011 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18012 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21291 9464
18020 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18022 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18023 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18024 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18026 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18027 the MH mail system.
18029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18031 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18032 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18033 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18035 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18036 the MH mail system.
18038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18040 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18041 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18043 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18044 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18045 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18048 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18049 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18050 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18053 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18057 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18058 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18059 can be used in several ways.
18061 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18062 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18063 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18064 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18068 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18069 The range must be nonempty.
18074 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18075 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18082 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18085 All of the messages.
18087 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18088 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18090 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18091 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18092 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18094 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21291 9464 291241
18102 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18104 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18105 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18106 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18107 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18108 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18109 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18110 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18111 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18112 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18113 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18114 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18118 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18119 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18120 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18121 to its second argument TM.
18123 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21291 9464
18129 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18131 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18132 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18133 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18136 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18138 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18140 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18141 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18143 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18144 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18146 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18147 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18148 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18149 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18150 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18151 is modified to remove the default indication.
18153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
18158 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18160 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18161 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18162 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18163 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18164 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18165 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18166 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18167 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18168 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18172 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18173 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18174 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18175 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18176 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18177 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18178 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18179 The return value is always nil.
18181 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21291 9464 291241
18187 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18188 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18190 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18191 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18193 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18194 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18195 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18198 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18199 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18200 end of the search space).
18202 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18203 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18204 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18205 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18206 should return the previous buffer to search.
18208 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18209 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18210 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18212 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18213 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18214 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18217 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18218 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18219 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18221 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18222 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18223 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18227 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18228 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18229 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18230 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18231 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18232 whose names match the specified regexp.
18234 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18236 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18237 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18238 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18239 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18240 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18241 whose names match the specified regexp.
18243 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18245 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18246 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18247 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18248 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18249 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18250 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18251 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18253 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18255 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18256 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18257 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18258 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18259 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18260 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18261 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18263 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21291
18268 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
18269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18270 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18272 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18273 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21291 9464
18281 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18283 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18284 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18286 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21291 9464
18292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18294 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18295 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18297 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18299 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18300 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18301 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18302 the entire message.
18303 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18305 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21291 9464
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18313 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18314 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18315 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18316 the entire message.
18317 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18319 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21291 9464 291241
18325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18327 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18328 Insert file contents of URL.
18329 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18331 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18333 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18334 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18336 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21291 9464 291241
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18344 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18345 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18346 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18347 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18348 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18350 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18352 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18353 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18354 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18356 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
18361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18363 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18364 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18368 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18369 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18370 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18371 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18372 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18374 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18375 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18376 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18377 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18378 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18379 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18381 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21291 9464 291241
18387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18389 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18392 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18394 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18397 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21291 9464 291241
18403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18405 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18408 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18410 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18413 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18415 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18418 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18420 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18423 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18425 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18428 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18430 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18433 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18435 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21291 9464
18444 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18446 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21291 9464
18452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18454 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18456 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18457 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18458 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18459 followed by the first character of the construct.
18461 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18462 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18463 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18464 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18465 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18466 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18467 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18468 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18469 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18470 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18471 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18472 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18473 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18476 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18477 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18478 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21291 9464 291241
18486 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18488 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18489 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18491 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18493 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18494 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18496 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18498 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18499 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18501 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18503 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18504 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18506 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21291 9464 291241
18512 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18514 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18515 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18517 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18518 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18519 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18521 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18522 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18523 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18525 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18526 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18528 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18529 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18530 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18531 hemisphere you're in.)
18533 To test this function, evaluate:
18534 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18536 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18538 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18539 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18541 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18542 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18544 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18545 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18546 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18548 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18549 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18551 To test this function, evaluate:
18552 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18554 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21346 11577 511879 0))
18559 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18561 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18562 Main entry point for MPC.
18568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
18569 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18571 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18572 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18581 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18582 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18583 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18584 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18585 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18586 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18588 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18590 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18592 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18593 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18594 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18596 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18597 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21291
18604 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
18605 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18607 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18608 Display a list of all character sets.
18610 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18611 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18612 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18613 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18614 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18616 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18617 but still shows the full information.
18621 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18622 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18623 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18625 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18626 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18627 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18628 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18629 meanings of these arguments.
18631 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18633 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18634 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18636 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18638 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18639 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18641 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18643 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18646 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18648 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18649 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18651 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18652 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18654 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18655 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18656 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18657 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18658 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18659 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18660 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18661 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18662 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18663 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18664 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18665 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18666 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18667 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18668 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18669 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18673 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18674 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18678 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18679 Display a list of all coding systems.
18680 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18682 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18683 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18687 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18688 Display a list of all coding categories.
18692 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18693 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18694 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18696 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18698 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18699 Display information about FONTSET.
18700 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18702 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18704 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18705 Display a list of all fontsets.
18706 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18707 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18708 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18712 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18713 Display information about all input methods.
18717 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18718 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18720 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18721 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18722 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18723 system which uses fontsets).
18727 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18728 Show log of font listing and opening.
18729 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18730 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18732 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21291
18737 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
18738 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18740 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18741 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18743 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18744 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18746 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18747 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18749 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18751 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18752 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18753 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18754 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18755 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18756 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18757 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18759 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18760 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18761 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18762 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18763 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18764 middle of a character in STR.
18766 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18767 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18769 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18770 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18771 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18772 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18773 defaults to \"...\".
18775 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18777 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18778 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18780 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18781 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18782 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18784 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18785 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18786 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18788 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18789 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18790 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18792 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18793 longer than KEYSEQ.
18794 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18796 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18798 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18799 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18800 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18801 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18802 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18803 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18804 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18805 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18806 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18807 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18808 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18810 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18812 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18813 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18815 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18817 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18818 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18820 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18822 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18823 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18825 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18827 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18828 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18830 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18832 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18833 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18834 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18835 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18836 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18838 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18839 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18841 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18842 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18843 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18844 coding systems ordered by priority.
18846 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18848 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18850 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18851 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18852 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18853 language environment LANG-ENV.
18855 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18857 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18858 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18859 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18860 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18861 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18862 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18864 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21291 9464
18870 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18872 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18873 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18877 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18878 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18882 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18883 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18887 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18888 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18892 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18893 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18897 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18898 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18900 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18902 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18904 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18905 `ping-program-options'.
18909 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18910 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18914 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18915 Run nslookup program.
18919 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18920 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18924 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18929 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18934 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18935 Finger USER on HOST.
18937 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18939 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18940 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18941 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18942 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18944 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18946 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18951 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18952 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18954 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18956 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18957 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18959 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
18964 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18966 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18967 Return a user name/password pair.
18968 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18969 listed in the PORTS list.
18971 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21291
18976 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
18977 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18979 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18980 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18981 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18982 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18983 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18986 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18988 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18989 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18990 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18991 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18992 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18993 a port number to connect to.
18995 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18998 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19000 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19001 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19002 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19003 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19004 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19005 an unencrypted connection.
19006 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19007 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19008 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19009 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19010 returned object is a killed process.
19011 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19012 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19013 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19015 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19016 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19017 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19018 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19019 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19020 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19021 or nil if none could be found.
19022 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19023 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19025 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19027 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19028 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19029 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19031 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19032 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19033 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19035 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19036 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19037 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19039 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19040 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19041 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19042 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19044 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19045 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19047 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19048 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19049 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19050 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19051 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19052 or STARTTLS connections.
19054 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19055 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19057 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19058 a greeting from the server.
19060 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19061 asynchronously, if possible.
19063 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19065 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21291
19070 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
19071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19073 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19074 Check whether newsticker is running.
19075 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19076 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19080 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19081 Start the newsticker.
19082 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19083 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19084 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19085 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19087 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19092 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
19093 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19095 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19096 Start newsticker plainview.
19102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21291
19103 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
19104 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19106 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19107 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21291
19114 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
19115 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19117 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19118 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19119 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19120 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19125 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19126 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19127 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21291
19135 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
19136 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19138 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19139 Start newsticker treeview.
19145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21291 9464
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19148 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21291 9464 291241
19154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19156 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19157 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19159 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21291 9464 291241
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19167 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19168 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19169 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19170 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19171 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19172 symbol in the alist.
19174 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21291 9464 291241
19180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19182 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19183 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19184 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
19191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19193 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19194 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19196 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
19201 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19203 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19205 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19206 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19207 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19209 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19212 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19214 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19215 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19216 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19217 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19218 to future sessions.
19220 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19222 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19223 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19224 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19225 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19228 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21291
19233 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
19234 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19236 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19237 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19239 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19240 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19241 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
19248 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19249 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21292 8122
19255 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19257 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19258 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19259 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19260 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19262 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21327 47162
19268 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19270 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19271 Major mode for editing XML.
19273 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19274 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19275 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19276 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19277 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19278 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19279 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19281 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19283 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19284 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19286 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19287 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19288 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19289 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19292 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19293 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19294 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19295 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19296 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19297 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19299 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19300 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19301 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19303 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19304 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19305 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19307 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19308 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19309 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19310 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19311 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19312 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19313 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19314 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19315 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19317 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19319 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19320 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19324 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21292 8122
19330 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19332 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19333 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19334 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19335 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21321 8376
19343 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19345 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19346 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19348 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19349 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19350 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19351 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19353 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19356 \\{octave-mode-map}
19360 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19361 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19362 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19364 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19366 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19367 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19369 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19370 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19371 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19375 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21291 9464
19381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19383 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19385 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19386 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19387 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19388 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19389 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19391 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19395 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19396 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19397 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19398 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19399 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19400 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19401 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19402 Directories to search when finding external units.
19403 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19404 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19408 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19409 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21335 41274 440541 0))
19416 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19418 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19419 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19421 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19423 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19424 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19425 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19426 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19427 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19428 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19430 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19432 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19433 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19434 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19435 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19436 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19438 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19440 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19441 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19445 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19446 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19450 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19451 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19452 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19454 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19455 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19456 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19457 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19458 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19459 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19460 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19461 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19462 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19463 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19465 The following commands are available:
19471 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19472 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19474 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19475 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19476 in special contexts.
19478 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19479 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19480 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19481 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19482 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19483 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19484 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19485 properties in the buffer.
19486 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19487 including any drawers.
19489 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19491 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19492 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19493 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19494 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19495 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19496 and zoom in further.
19497 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19498 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19500 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19501 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19502 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19503 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19504 times right after creating a new headline.
19506 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19507 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19508 is negative, go up that many levels.
19510 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19511 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19512 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19514 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19515 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19516 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19517 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19521 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19522 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19523 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19524 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19527 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19529 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19530 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19531 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19532 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19533 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19534 defined by Org-mode).
19536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19538 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19539 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19543 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19544 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19548 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19549 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19550 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19551 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19554 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19556 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19557 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19558 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19559 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19561 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19562 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19563 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19565 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19566 part of Org's core.
19568 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19573 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19574 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19575 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19579 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19580 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19581 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19586 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19587 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19589 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19591 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19592 Switch between Org buffers.
19593 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19594 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19596 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19597 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19601 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19603 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19605 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19606 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19607 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19608 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19612 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19613 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19615 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19617 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19618 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19619 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19623 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19624 Reload all org lisp files.
19625 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19627 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19629 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19630 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21335 41274
19638 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19640 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19641 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19645 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19646 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19647 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19648 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19650 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19651 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19652 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19653 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19654 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19655 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19656 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19657 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19658 e Export views to associated files.
19659 s Search entries for keywords.
19660 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19661 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19662 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19663 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19664 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19665 > Remove a previous restriction.
19666 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19667 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19668 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19670 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19671 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19672 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19674 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19675 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19676 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19677 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19680 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19682 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19683 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19684 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19685 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19686 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19687 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19688 before running the agenda command.
19690 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19692 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19693 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19694 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19695 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19696 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19697 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19698 before running the agenda command.
19700 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19701 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19703 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19705 category The category of the item
19706 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19707 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19708 todo selected in TODO match
19709 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19710 diary imported from diary
19711 deadline a deadline on given date
19712 scheduled scheduled on given date
19713 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19714 closed entry was closed on given date
19715 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19716 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19717 block entry has date block including g. date
19718 todo The todo keyword, if any
19719 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19720 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19721 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19722 extra Sting with extra planning info
19723 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19724 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19725 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19727 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19729 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19730 Store agenda views.
19732 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19734 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19735 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19737 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19739 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19740 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19741 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19742 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19744 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19745 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19746 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19748 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19749 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19751 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19752 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19754 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19756 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19757 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19759 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19760 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19761 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19762 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19765 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19766 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19767 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19768 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19769 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19770 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19772 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19773 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19774 including newlines.
19776 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19777 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19778 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19779 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19780 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19781 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19782 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19784 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19785 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19786 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19787 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19789 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19790 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19791 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19792 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19793 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19794 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19795 Boolean search must match as full words.
19797 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19798 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19800 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19802 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19803 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19804 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19805 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19806 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19807 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19811 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19812 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19813 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19815 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19817 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19818 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19819 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19820 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19821 `org-stuck-projects'.
19823 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19825 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19826 Return diary information from org files.
19827 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19828 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19829 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19830 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19831 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19833 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19835 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19837 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19838 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19842 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19843 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19844 So the example above may also be written as
19846 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19848 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19849 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19850 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19852 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19854 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19855 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19857 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19859 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19860 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19861 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19862 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19863 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19865 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19867 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19868 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19869 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19873 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19874 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19875 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19878 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19879 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19881 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19882 for filtering entries out.
19884 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19885 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19886 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19888 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19889 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19891 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19892 (category \"Work\"))
19894 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19895 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19897 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19898 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19899 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19900 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19901 details and examples.
19903 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19904 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19906 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21335 41274
19912 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19914 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19915 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19917 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19919 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19921 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19922 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19923 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19924 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19925 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19926 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19928 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19929 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19930 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19933 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19935 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19936 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19939 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19940 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19941 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19942 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19944 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19946 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19947 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21335 41274
19955 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19957 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19958 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19962 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19967 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19968 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19969 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19971 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19973 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19974 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19976 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19978 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19979 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19981 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19983 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19984 Write the column view table.
19985 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19987 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19988 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19989 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19990 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19991 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19992 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19993 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19994 using `org-id-find'.
19995 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19996 a hline before each level <= that number.
19997 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19998 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20000 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20001 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20003 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20005 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20006 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20010 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20011 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21335 41274
20019 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20021 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20022 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21291 9464 291241
20030 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20032 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20033 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21335 41274
20041 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20043 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20044 The release version of org-mode.
20045 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20049 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20050 The Git version of org-mode.
20051 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20058 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20059 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20060 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20062 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20063 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20064 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20065 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20067 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20068 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20069 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20070 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20072 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20073 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20074 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20075 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20076 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20077 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20079 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20080 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20081 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20083 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20084 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20085 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20086 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20087 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20088 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20089 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20090 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20091 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20092 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20093 The subheadings remain visible.
20094 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20096 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20097 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20098 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20100 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20101 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20105 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20106 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20107 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20108 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20109 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20111 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20114 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21302 43960
20120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20121 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20123 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20124 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20125 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20126 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20127 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20129 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20130 activate the package system at any time.")
20132 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20134 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20135 Install the package PKG.
20136 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20137 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20141 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20142 Install a package from the current buffer.
20143 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20144 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20145 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20149 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20150 Install a package from a file.
20151 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20155 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20156 Import keys from FILE.
20158 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20160 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20161 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20162 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20163 makes them available for download.
20167 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20168 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20169 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20170 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20172 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20174 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20175 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20177 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20179 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20180 Display a list of packages.
20181 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20182 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20183 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20185 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20187 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20192 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20194 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20195 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20196 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20198 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20199 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20201 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20203 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20204 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20205 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20206 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20207 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20209 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20210 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20211 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21291
20218 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
20219 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20220 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20222 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20223 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20224 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20225 unknown are returned as nil.
20227 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21319 15673
20233 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20235 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20236 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20237 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20239 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20240 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20242 Other useful functions are:
20244 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20245 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20246 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20247 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20248 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20249 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20250 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20251 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20252 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20254 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20256 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20257 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20258 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20259 Indentation for case statements.
20260 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20261 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20263 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20264 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20265 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20266 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20267 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20268 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20269 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20270 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20271 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20272 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20274 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20275 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21291
20282 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
20283 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20285 (defvar password-cache t "\
20286 Whether to cache passwords.")
20288 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20290 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20291 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20292 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20294 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20296 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20297 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20299 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21291 9464 291241
20305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20307 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20308 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20309 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20311 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20312 _ matches anything.
20313 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20314 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20315 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20316 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20317 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20318 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20319 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20320 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20321 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20322 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20324 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20325 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20326 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20327 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20328 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20329 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20331 PRED can take the form
20332 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20333 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20334 which is the value being matched.
20335 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20336 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20337 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20338 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20339 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20341 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20343 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20345 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20346 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20347 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20348 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20350 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20352 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20354 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20355 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20356 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20357 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20359 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20361 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21291 9464 291241
20367 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20369 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20370 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21291 9464 291241
20378 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20380 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20381 Completion for `gzip'.
20385 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20386 Completion for `bzip2'.
20390 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20391 Completion for GNU `make'.
20395 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20396 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20400 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21291 9464
20406 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20408 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20409 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20413 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20414 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20419 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21291 9464 291241
20427 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20429 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20430 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21291 9464 291241
20438 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20440 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20441 Completion for `cd'.
20445 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20447 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20448 Completion for `rmdir'.
20452 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20453 Completion for `rm'.
20457 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20458 Completion for `xargs'.
20462 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20464 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20465 Completion for `which'.
20469 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20470 Completion for the `chown' command.
20474 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20475 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20479 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20480 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20484 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20485 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20486 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20493 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20495 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20496 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20500 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20501 Completion for the `ack' command.
20502 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20507 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20509 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20510 Completion for the `ag' command.
20516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21291 9464 291241
20518 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20520 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20521 Support extensible programmable completion.
20522 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20523 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20525 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20527 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20528 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20532 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20533 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20534 This will modify the current buffer.
20538 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20539 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20543 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20544 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20545 This will modify the current buffer.
20549 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20550 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20554 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20555 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20559 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20560 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20561 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20562 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20563 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20565 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20567 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20568 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20575 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20577 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20578 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20579 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20580 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20582 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20584 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20586 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20587 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20588 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20589 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20590 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20591 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20594 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20596 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20597 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20598 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20599 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20600 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20601 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20602 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20603 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20605 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20607 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20608 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20609 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20610 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20611 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20612 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20613 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20616 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20618 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20619 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20620 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20621 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20622 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20623 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20624 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20626 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20628 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20629 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20630 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20632 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20634 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20635 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20636 A value of nil means never do it.
20637 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20638 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20639 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20641 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20643 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20644 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20645 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21291 9464 291241
20651 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20653 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20654 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21335
20659 ;;;;;; 41274 440541 0))
20660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20661 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20662 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20663 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20664 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20665 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20666 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20668 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20669 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20670 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20671 Tab indents for Perl code.
20672 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20673 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20674 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20676 Variables controlling indentation style:
20677 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20678 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20679 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20680 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20681 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20682 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20683 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20685 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20686 `perl-indent-level'
20687 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20688 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20689 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20690 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20691 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20692 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20693 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20694 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20695 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20696 `perl-brace-offset'
20697 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20698 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20699 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20700 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20701 `perl-label-offset'
20702 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20703 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20704 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20706 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20707 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20708 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20709 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20710 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20711 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20712 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20714 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21291 9464
20722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20724 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20725 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20726 \\<picture-mode-map>
20727 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20728 afterwards settable by these commands:
20730 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20731 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20732 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20733 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20735 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20736 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20737 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20738 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20740 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20741 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20742 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20743 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20745 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20746 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20747 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20748 with these commands:
20750 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20751 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20752 Move to column following last
20753 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20754 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20755 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20756 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20757 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20758 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20760 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20762 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20763 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20764 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20765 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20766 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20767 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20769 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20770 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20771 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20772 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20773 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20774 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20775 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20777 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20778 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20779 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20780 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20781 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20782 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20783 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20784 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20786 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20787 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20788 by supplying an argument.
20790 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20792 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20793 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20797 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21291 9464 291241
20803 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20805 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20806 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20808 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20810 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20811 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20818 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20820 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20821 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20822 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20824 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20829 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20831 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20832 Play pong and waste time.
20833 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20834 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20836 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20847 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20848 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20849 Use streaming commands.
20851 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21291 9464 291241
20857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20859 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20860 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20861 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20862 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20864 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20866 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20867 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20871 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20872 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20873 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20874 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20875 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20877 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20879 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20880 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20881 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20883 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20885 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20886 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20888 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20890 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20891 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20892 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20893 Ignores leading comment characters.
20897 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20898 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20899 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20900 Ignores leading comment characters.
20906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21291 9464 291241
20908 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20909 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20911 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20912 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20914 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20916 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20918 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20920 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20921 Preview directory using ghostview.
20923 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20924 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20925 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20926 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20928 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20929 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20930 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20931 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20932 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20935 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20937 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20939 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20940 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20942 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20943 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20944 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20945 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20947 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20948 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20949 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20950 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20951 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20954 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20956 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20958 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20959 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20961 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20962 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20963 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20964 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20966 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20967 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20968 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20969 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20970 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20973 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20975 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20977 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20978 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20980 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20982 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20983 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20984 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20985 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20987 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20988 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20989 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20990 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20991 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20994 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20996 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20998 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20999 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21001 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21002 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21003 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21005 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21006 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21007 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21008 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21010 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21012 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21013 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21015 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21016 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21017 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21019 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21020 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21021 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21022 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21024 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21026 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21027 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21029 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21030 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21031 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21033 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21034 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21035 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21036 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21038 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21040 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21041 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21043 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21045 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21046 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21047 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21049 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21050 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21051 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21052 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21054 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21056 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21057 Preview region using ghostview.
21059 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21061 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21063 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21064 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21066 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21068 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21070 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21071 Print region using PostScript printer.
21073 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21075 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21077 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21078 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21080 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21082 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21084 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21085 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21087 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21089 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21091 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21092 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21094 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21096 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21098 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21099 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21101 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21103 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21105 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21106 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21108 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21110 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21112 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21113 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21114 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21115 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21117 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21120 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21121 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21123 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21125 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21127 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21128 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21129 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21130 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21134 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21135 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21136 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21137 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21141 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21142 Print directory using text printer.
21144 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21147 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21148 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21150 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21152 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21154 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21155 Print buffer using text printer.
21159 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21160 Print region using text printer.
21164 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21165 Print major mode using text printer.
21169 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21170 Preview spooled PostScript.
21172 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21173 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21174 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21176 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21177 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21178 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21180 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21182 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21183 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21185 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21186 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21187 instead of sending it to the printer.
21189 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21190 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21191 image in a file with that name.
21193 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21195 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21196 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21198 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21199 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21200 instead of sending it to the printer.
21202 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21203 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21204 image in a file with that name.
21206 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21208 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21209 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21211 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21212 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21213 instead of sending it to the printer.
21215 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21216 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21217 image in a file with that name.
21219 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21221 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21222 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21224 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21226 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21227 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21229 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21231 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21232 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21234 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21236 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21237 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21239 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21241 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21242 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21244 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21246 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21247 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21249 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21250 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21251 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21252 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21254 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21255 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21256 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21257 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21258 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21259 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21262 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21264 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21265 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21269 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21270 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21272 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21274 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21279 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21280 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21284 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21285 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21289 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21290 Toggle printing with faces.
21294 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21299 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21304 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21307 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21309 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21320 Toggle upside-down.
21324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21325 Toggle line number.
21329 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21330 Toggle zebra stripes.
21334 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21335 Toggle printing header.
21339 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21340 Toggle printing header frame.
21344 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21349 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21350 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21354 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21359 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21360 Customization of the `printing' group.
21362 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21364 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21365 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21367 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21369 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21370 Help for the printing package.
21372 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21374 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21375 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21379 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21380 Interactively select a text printer.
21384 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21385 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21389 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21390 Show current ps-print settings.
21392 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21394 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21395 Show current printing settings.
21397 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21399 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21400 Show current lpr settings.
21402 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21404 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21405 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21407 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21408 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21409 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21410 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21413 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21415 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21416 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21417 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21419 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21420 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21421 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21422 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21423 current active printer.
21425 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21426 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21427 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21430 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21431 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21432 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21433 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21434 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21437 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21438 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21440 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21442 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21443 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21444 be done using the new current active printer.
21446 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21447 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21450 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21451 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21452 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21453 instead of sending it to the printer.
21455 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21456 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21459 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21462 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21465 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21467 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21468 Fast fire function for text printing.
21470 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21471 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21472 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21473 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21475 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21476 user for a new active text printer.
21478 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21480 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21482 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21483 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21486 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21488 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21491 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
21496 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21498 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21499 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21500 \\<proced-mode-map>
21501 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21502 the process information.
21504 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21506 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21291 9464 291241
21515 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21517 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21518 Start/restart profilers.
21519 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21520 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21521 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21525 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21526 Open profile FILENAME.
21528 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21530 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21531 Open profile FILENAME.
21533 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21535 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21536 Open profile FILENAME.
21538 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21291 9464
21544 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21546 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21547 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21549 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21550 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21552 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21554 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21555 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21558 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21562 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21563 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21564 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21568 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21569 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21570 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
21577 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21579 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21580 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21581 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21583 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21291 9464
21589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21590 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21592 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21593 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21595 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21597 The following variables hold user options, and can
21598 be set through the `customize' command:
21600 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21602 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21603 `ps-mode-print-function'
21605 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21609 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21612 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21618 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21619 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21620 The keymap for this second window is:
21622 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21625 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21626 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21627 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21628 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21629 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21291 9464 291241
21637 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21638 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21640 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21641 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21642 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21644 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21646 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21647 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21648 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21649 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21651 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21653 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21654 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21658 nil Do not print colors.
21662 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21663 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21665 Any other value is treated as t.")
21667 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21669 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21670 Customization of ps-print group.
21674 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21675 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21677 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21678 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21679 sending it to the printer.
21681 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21682 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21683 image in a file with that name.
21685 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21687 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21688 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21689 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21690 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21691 so it has a way to determine color values.
21693 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21695 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21696 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21697 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21699 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21701 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21702 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21703 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21704 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21705 so it has a way to determine color values.
21707 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21709 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21710 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21711 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21712 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21714 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21718 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21719 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21720 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21721 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21722 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21724 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21728 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21729 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21730 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21732 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21734 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21736 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21737 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21738 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21739 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21740 so it has a way to determine color values.
21742 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21744 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21746 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21747 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21749 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21750 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21751 instead of sending it to the printer.
21753 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21754 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21755 image in a file with that name.
21757 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21759 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21760 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21761 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21762 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21763 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21767 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21768 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21769 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21771 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21773 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21774 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21775 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21777 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21779 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21780 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21784 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21785 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21787 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21788 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21790 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21791 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21793 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21795 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21797 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21799 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21800 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21802 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21803 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21805 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21806 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21808 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21810 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21812 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21814 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21815 foreground and background colors respectively.
21817 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21818 bold - use bold font.
21819 italic - use italic font.
21820 underline - put a line under text.
21821 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21822 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21823 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21824 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21825 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21827 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21829 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21291 9464 291241
21835 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21836 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21314 35128
21842 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21843 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21845 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21847 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21849 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21850 Run an inferior Python process.
21851 Input and output via buffer named after
21852 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21853 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21855 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21856 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21857 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21858 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21860 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21861 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21862 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21864 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21866 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21867 Major mode for editing Python files.
21869 \\{python-mode-map}
21875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
21876 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21878 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21879 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21880 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21883 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21884 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21886 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21887 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21888 them into characters should be done separately.
21890 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21291 9464
21896 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21898 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21899 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21903 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21904 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21905 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21907 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21908 `quail-activate', which see.
21910 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21912 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21913 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21914 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21915 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21916 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21917 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21918 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21920 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21921 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21922 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21923 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21924 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21926 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21928 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21929 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21930 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21931 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21932 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21933 list of candidates.
21935 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21936 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21937 command to be called.
21939 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21940 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21941 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21942 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21944 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21945 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21946 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21947 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21948 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21951 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21952 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21953 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21954 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21956 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21957 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21958 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21959 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21960 defines no translations for single character keys.
21962 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21963 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21964 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21965 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21966 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21967 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21969 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21970 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21971 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21972 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21973 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21974 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21976 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21977 covers Quail translation region.
21979 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21980 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21981 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21982 for it) is inserted.
21984 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21985 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21986 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21988 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21989 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21990 non-Quail commands.
21992 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21994 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21995 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21997 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21998 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21999 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22000 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22001 you type is correctly handled.
22003 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22005 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22006 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22008 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22011 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22013 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22014 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22015 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22016 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22017 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22018 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22019 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22020 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22021 for the translation.
22022 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22024 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22025 it is used to handle KEY.
22027 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22028 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22029 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22030 the following annotation types are supported.
22032 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22033 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22035 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22038 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22039 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22040 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22043 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22044 generated for the following translations.
22046 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22048 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22049 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22051 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22052 which to install MAP.
22054 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22056 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22058 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22059 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22061 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22062 which to install MAP.
22064 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22066 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22068 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22069 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22070 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22071 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22072 a function, or a cons.
22073 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22074 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22075 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22076 for the translation.
22077 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22078 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22079 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22080 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22081 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22083 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22084 it is used to handle KEY.
22086 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22087 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22088 current Quail package.
22090 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22091 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22093 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22095 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22096 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22098 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22099 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22101 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22103 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22104 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22106 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22108 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22109 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22110 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22111 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22112 of the Emacs source tree.
22114 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22115 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22117 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22118 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22121 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21291
22126 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
22127 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22129 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22130 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22131 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22132 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22134 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22139 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
22140 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22142 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22143 Activate UCS input method.
22144 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22146 While this input method is active, the variable
22147 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22149 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21291 9464 291241
22155 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22157 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22158 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22159 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22160 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22162 To make use of this do something like:
22164 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22166 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22168 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22169 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22171 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22172 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22173 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22175 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22177 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22178 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22180 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22182 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22183 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22185 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22188 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22190 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22191 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22193 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22194 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22195 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22197 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22199 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22200 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22202 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22204 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22205 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22209 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22210 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22212 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22214 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22218 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22219 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
22226 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22228 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22229 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22231 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22233 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22237 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22239 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22242 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22244 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22245 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22246 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22248 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22249 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22251 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22253 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22254 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22256 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22257 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21291
22264 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
22265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22267 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22269 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22270 Construct a regexp interactively.
22271 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22272 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22273 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22275 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22276 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
22283 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22285 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22286 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22287 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22289 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22290 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22292 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22294 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22295 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22298 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22300 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22301 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22302 were operated on recently.
22304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
22309 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22311 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22312 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22313 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22314 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22317 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22318 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22321 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22323 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22324 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22325 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22327 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22328 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22331 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22333 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22334 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22335 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22337 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22339 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22340 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22342 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22343 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22345 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22348 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22349 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22350 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22351 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22354 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22356 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22357 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22359 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22361 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22362 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22366 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22367 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22368 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22369 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22370 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22371 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22372 and point is at the lower right corner.
22374 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22376 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22377 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22379 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22380 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22382 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22383 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22384 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22386 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22388 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22390 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22391 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22392 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22393 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22394 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22396 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22397 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22399 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22401 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22402 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22403 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22405 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22407 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22409 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22411 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22412 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22414 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22415 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22416 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22418 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22420 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22421 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22422 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22424 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22425 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22426 rectangle which were empty.
22428 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22430 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22431 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22433 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22434 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22435 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22436 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22438 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22440 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22441 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22442 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21291 9464
22450 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22452 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22453 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22454 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22455 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22456 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22458 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22459 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22460 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22463 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21291 9464
22471 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22473 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22474 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22478 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22479 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22481 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22482 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22484 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22485 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22486 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22489 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22490 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22491 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22493 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22494 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22495 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22497 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22498 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22500 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22501 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22503 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22504 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22507 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22511 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22512 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22513 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21291
22520 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
22521 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22523 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22524 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22525 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22526 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22527 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22528 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22530 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22532 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22534 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22535 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22536 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22537 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22538 `reftex-cite-format'.
22540 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22541 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22542 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22543 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22545 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22550 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
22551 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22553 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22554 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22555 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22556 the current TeX document.
22558 With no argument, this command toggles
22559 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22560 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22567 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
22568 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22570 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22571 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22572 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22574 To insert new phrases, use
22575 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22576 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22578 To index phrases use one of:
22580 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22581 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22582 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22583 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22584 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22586 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22587 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22589 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22591 Here are all local bindings.
22593 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22600 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
22601 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22603 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22604 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22605 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22608 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21291
22613 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
22614 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22615 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22616 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22617 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22618 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21291
22623 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
22624 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22626 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22627 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22628 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22629 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22630 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22631 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22633 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22634 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22636 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22638 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22639 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22641 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22643 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22644 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22645 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22646 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22648 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21291 9464 291241
22654 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22655 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21291 9464
22661 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22662 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22664 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22665 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22666 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22667 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22669 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22671 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22673 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22674 Call `remember' in another frame.
22676 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22678 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22679 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22680 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22684 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22685 Extract diary entries from the region.
22689 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22690 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22691 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22692 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22694 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22696 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22697 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22698 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22701 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22703 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22706 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22707 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22708 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22710 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
22715 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22716 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22718 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22719 Repeat most recently executed command.
22720 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22721 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22722 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22724 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22725 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22726 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22727 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22729 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22730 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22731 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22733 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21291 9464 291241
22739 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22741 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22742 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22744 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22745 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22746 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22747 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22748 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22749 and point is left after the salutation.
22751 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22752 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22753 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22754 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22755 left after that text.
22757 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22760 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22761 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22762 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22763 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22765 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21291 9464 291241
22771 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22773 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22774 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22775 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22776 visibility of comments that precede it.
22777 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22778 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22779 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22780 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22781 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22782 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22783 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22784 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22786 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22787 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22788 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22789 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22790 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
22797 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22799 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22800 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22802 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22803 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22805 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22806 reveals invisible text around point.
22808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22810 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22811 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22812 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22814 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22815 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22817 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22819 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22820 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22821 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22823 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22824 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22825 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21291 9464 291241
22833 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22835 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22836 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22840 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22841 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22843 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21291 9464 291241
22849 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22851 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22852 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22853 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22854 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22856 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22858 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22859 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22860 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22861 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22863 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22864 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22866 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22867 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22869 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22870 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22873 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22874 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22875 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22876 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22877 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22879 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22880 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22881 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22882 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22884 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22885 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22888 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21343 51827 910137
22894 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22896 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22897 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22899 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22901 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22903 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22904 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22905 Its name should end with a slash.")
22907 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22908 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22910 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22911 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22912 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22914 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22916 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22917 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22918 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22919 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22920 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22921 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22922 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22924 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22925 sent by you under different user names.
22926 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22928 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22930 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22932 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22934 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22935 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22936 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22939 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22941 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22942 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22943 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22944 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22945 which normally happens once for each message,
22946 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22947 To make a change in this variable take effect
22948 for a message that you have already viewed,
22949 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22951 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22953 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22954 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22955 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22956 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22958 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22960 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22961 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22963 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22965 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22966 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22967 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22969 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22971 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22972 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22973 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22974 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22975 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22976 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22978 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22980 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22981 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22983 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22985 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22986 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22988 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22990 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22991 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22993 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22994 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22996 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22998 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22999 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23001 This is set to nil by default.")
23003 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23004 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23005 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23006 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23007 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23008 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23009 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23011 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23012 Read and edit incoming mail.
23013 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23014 file in RMAIL Mode.
23015 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23017 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23018 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23019 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23020 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23022 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23024 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23026 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23027 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23028 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23029 Instead, these commands are available:
23031 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23032 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23033 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23034 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23035 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23036 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23037 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23038 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23039 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23040 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23041 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23042 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23043 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23044 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23045 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23046 till a deleted message is found.
23047 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23048 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23049 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23050 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23051 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23052 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23053 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23054 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23055 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23056 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23057 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23058 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23059 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23060 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23061 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23062 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23063 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23064 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23065 (label defaults to last one specified).
23066 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23067 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23068 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23069 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23070 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23071 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23072 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23073 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23074 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23078 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23079 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23081 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23083 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23084 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23086 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21291 9464 291241
23092 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23093 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23095 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23096 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23097 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23098 case it writes Babyl.
23100 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23101 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23102 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23103 `rmail-default-file'.
23105 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23106 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23107 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23109 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23110 the header display is currently pruned.
23112 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23113 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23114 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23115 messages after output.
23117 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23118 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23119 message (if writing a file directly).
23121 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23122 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23124 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23126 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23127 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23128 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23129 i) the header is output as currently seen
23130 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23131 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23133 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23134 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23135 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23137 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23139 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23140 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23141 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23142 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23143 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23144 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23145 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23147 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23148 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23149 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23151 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 15673
23157 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23159 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23160 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23163 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21292 8122 451256
23169 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23171 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23172 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23173 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23174 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21292 8122
23182 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23184 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23185 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23187 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23188 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23189 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23190 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23191 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23192 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23193 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23194 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23195 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23196 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23198 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23199 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23200 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23201 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23202 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23203 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23204 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23205 to use for finding the schema.
23207 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21292 8122 451256
23213 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23215 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23217 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23218 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23219 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23220 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23221 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23222 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23223 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23224 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23225 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23226 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23227 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23228 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23229 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23230 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23231 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23232 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23235 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 10158
23241 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23243 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23244 Define a robin package.
23246 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23247 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23248 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23249 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23251 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23252 one replaces the old one.
23254 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23256 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23257 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23259 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23260 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23261 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23263 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23265 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23266 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23268 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
23273 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23275 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23276 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23278 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23280 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23281 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23283 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23285 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23286 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23288 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23290 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23291 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23292 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23294 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23295 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23298 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23302 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23303 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21343 35388 793281
23311 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23312 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23314 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23315 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23318 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23319 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23326 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23327 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23328 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23329 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23330 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23332 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23333 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23334 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21316
23341 ;;;;;; 41565 831567 0))
23342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23343 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23345 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23346 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23352 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23354 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21291 9464 291241
23360 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23361 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23363 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23364 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23365 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23367 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23368 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23369 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23370 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23371 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21291 9464 291241
23379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23381 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23382 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23383 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23384 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23386 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23388 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23389 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23390 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23392 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23393 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23394 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23396 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23400 matches string STRING literally.
23403 matches character CHAR literally.
23405 `not-newline', `nonl'
23406 matches any character except a newline.
23409 matches any character
23414 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23415 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23416 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23418 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23419 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23420 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23421 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23423 `(not (any SET ...))'
23424 matches any character not in SET ...
23426 `line-start', `bol'
23427 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23428 in the text being matched
23431 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23433 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23434 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23435 string being matched against.
23437 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23438 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23439 string being matched against.
23442 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23443 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23446 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23447 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23450 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23452 `word-start', `bow'
23453 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23456 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23459 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23462 `(not word-boundary)'
23463 `not-word-boundary'
23464 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23468 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23471 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23473 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23474 matches 0 through 9.
23477 matches ASCII control characters.
23479 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23480 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23483 matches space and tab only.
23486 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23489 `printing', `print'
23490 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23493 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23494 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23495 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23497 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23498 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23499 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23502 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23505 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23507 `lower', `lower-case'
23508 matches anything lower-case.
23510 `upper', `upper-case'
23511 matches anything upper-case.
23513 `punctuation', `punct'
23514 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23515 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23517 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23518 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23521 matches anything that has word syntax.
23524 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23527 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23528 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23529 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23531 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23532 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23535 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23536 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23537 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23538 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23539 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23541 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23542 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23543 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23544 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23545 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23547 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23548 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23550 `(category CATEGORY)'
23551 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23552 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23554 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23555 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23556 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23557 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23561 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23562 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23563 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23564 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23565 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23566 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23567 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23568 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23569 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23570 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23571 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23572 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23573 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23574 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23583 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23587 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23589 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23594 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23595 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23597 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23598 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23599 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23600 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23601 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23603 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23604 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23605 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23606 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23608 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23609 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23610 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23613 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23614 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23615 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23616 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23617 regular expression.
23619 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23620 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23621 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23622 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23623 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23625 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23626 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23628 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23629 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23631 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23633 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23636 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23637 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23640 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23641 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23643 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23645 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23648 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23651 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23653 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23654 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23656 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23659 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23662 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23666 matches N occurrences.
23669 matches N or more occurrences.
23671 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23672 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23673 matches N to M occurrences.
23676 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23679 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23683 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23685 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21291 9464
23691 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23692 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21291 9464 291241
23698 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23699 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23701 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23702 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23703 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23704 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23705 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23706 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23708 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23710 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23711 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23713 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23714 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23716 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23717 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23718 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23719 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23721 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23722 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23723 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21291 9464
23731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23733 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23734 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23735 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23737 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23738 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23739 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23740 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23741 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23742 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23743 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23744 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23747 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23748 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23749 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23753 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23754 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23755 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23758 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23759 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23760 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23761 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23762 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23763 that variable's value is a string.
23769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21291 9464
23771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23773 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23774 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23775 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23777 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21291 9464 291241
23785 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23787 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23788 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23789 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23791 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23792 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23794 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23796 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23797 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23798 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23799 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23800 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23802 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23803 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21291 9464
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23813 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23814 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23815 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23816 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23817 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23818 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23819 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23820 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21291 9464 291241
23828 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23829 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23830 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21291 9464
23836 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23837 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23839 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23840 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23841 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23843 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23844 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23845 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23846 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23847 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23848 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23849 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23850 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23851 keybinding for tag names.
23852 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23853 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23854 of the symbol under point.
23855 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23856 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23857 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23858 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23859 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23861 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23863 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23865 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23866 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23867 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23869 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23870 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23872 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23874 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23875 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23878 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23880 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23881 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23882 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23883 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23886 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23893 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
23894 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23896 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23897 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23904 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
23905 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23907 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23908 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21291 9464 291241
23916 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23918 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23919 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23921 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23923 If `parens', they look like:
23924 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23925 If `angles', they look like:
23926 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23928 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23929 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23931 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23933 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23934 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23935 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23936 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23938 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23939 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23940 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23941 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23943 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23945 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23946 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23947 This is done when the message is initialized,
23948 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23950 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23952 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23953 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23954 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23956 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23958 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23959 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23960 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23961 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23962 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23963 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23964 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23966 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23968 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23969 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23971 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23973 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23974 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23975 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23978 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23980 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23981 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23982 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23983 when you first send mail.")
23985 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23987 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23988 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23989 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23990 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23991 This file need not actually exist.")
23993 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23995 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23996 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23998 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24000 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24001 Alist of mail address aliases,
24002 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24003 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24004 can specify a different file name.)
24005 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24006 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24008 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24009 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24010 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24012 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24014 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24015 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24016 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24018 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24020 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24021 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24022 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24023 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24024 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24025 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24026 in the cited portion of the message.
24028 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24029 instead of no action.")
24031 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24033 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24034 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24035 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24036 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24037 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24039 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24041 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24042 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24043 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24044 If a string, that string is inserted.
24045 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24046 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24047 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24048 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24050 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24052 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24053 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24055 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24057 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24058 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24059 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24061 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24062 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24064 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24066 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24067 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24068 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24069 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24071 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24073 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24074 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24075 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24079 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24081 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24084 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24086 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24087 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24088 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24090 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24091 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24093 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24094 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24095 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24096 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24097 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24098 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24099 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24100 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24101 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24102 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24103 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24104 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24105 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24106 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24110 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24111 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24112 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24113 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24115 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24117 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24118 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24119 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24120 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24121 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24122 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24124 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24125 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24126 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24128 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24129 User should not set this variable manually,
24130 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24131 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24132 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24134 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24135 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24136 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24137 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24139 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24140 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24143 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24145 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24146 to move to message header fields:
24149 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24150 when the message is initialized.
24152 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24153 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24155 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24158 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24159 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24161 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24162 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24163 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24164 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24165 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24166 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24167 buffer without erasing the contents.
24169 The second through fifth arguments,
24170 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24171 the initial contents of those header fields.
24172 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24173 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24174 original message being replied to, or else an action
24175 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24176 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24177 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24178 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24179 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24180 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24182 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24184 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24185 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24187 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24189 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24190 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24192 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21292 8122 451256 0))
24197 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24199 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24201 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24203 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24205 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24206 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24207 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24208 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24209 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24210 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24212 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24213 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24215 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24216 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24217 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24219 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24222 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24224 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24225 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24226 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24227 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24229 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24231 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24232 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24233 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24235 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24236 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24238 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24240 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24241 Toggle Server mode.
24242 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24243 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24244 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24246 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24247 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24248 `server-start' for details.
24250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24252 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24253 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24254 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24256 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24257 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24259 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
24264 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24266 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24267 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24269 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24270 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24271 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24272 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24273 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24275 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24276 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24277 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24278 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24279 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24280 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24282 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24285 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24286 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24287 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24289 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24290 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24292 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24293 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24296 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24298 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24299 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24301 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21291
24308 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
24309 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24311 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24312 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24314 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24317 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24318 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24319 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24321 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24324 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24326 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24327 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24332 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24333 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24334 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24335 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24336 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24337 which this is based.
24339 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24341 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24342 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24343 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24344 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24346 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24347 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24348 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24350 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24351 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24352 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24353 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24355 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24356 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24357 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24358 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24360 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24362 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24363 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24364 To work around that, do:
24365 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21331
24374 ;;;;;; 44214 797573 0))
24375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24376 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24377 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24379 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24380 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24381 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24382 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24383 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24384 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24386 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24387 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24388 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24389 shell-specific features.
24391 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24392 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24393 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24395 \\[sh-case] case statement
24396 \\[sh-for] for loop
24397 \\[sh-function] function definition
24398 \\[sh-if] if statement
24399 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24400 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24401 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24402 \\[sh-select] select loop
24403 \\[sh-until] until loop
24404 \\[sh-while] while loop
24406 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24407 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24408 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24409 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24410 would indent to the way it currently is.
24411 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24412 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24415 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24416 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24417 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24418 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24419 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24420 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24422 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24423 unquoted < insert a here document.
24425 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24426 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24427 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24429 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24430 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24434 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21291 9464
24440 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24442 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24443 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24445 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24446 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24447 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24449 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24450 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24451 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24452 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24455 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24457 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24459 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24460 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24461 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24463 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24464 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24466 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24467 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24468 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24469 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24470 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24471 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24472 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24475 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24476 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24477 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24478 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24479 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24481 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24482 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24484 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21291 9464 291241
24490 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24492 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24493 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24494 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24495 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24496 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24497 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24498 sites in the cluster.
24502 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24503 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24504 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24505 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24506 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24510 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24511 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24512 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24513 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24514 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24515 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24516 `shadow-define-cluster').
24520 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24521 Set up file shadowing.
24527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21314 35128 127485 0))
24528 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24530 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24531 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24532 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24533 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24534 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24537 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24539 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24540 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24541 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24542 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24543 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24545 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24546 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24547 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24548 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24549 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24550 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24551 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24552 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24553 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24554 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24555 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24557 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24558 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24559 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24560 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24561 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24562 `default-process-coding-system'.
24564 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24565 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24566 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24567 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24569 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24571 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21325 5431 348093 0))
24576 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24578 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24579 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24581 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24583 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24584 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24585 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24586 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24588 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21291 9464 291241
24594 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24596 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24599 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24601 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24604 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24606 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24609 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24611 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24614 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21291 9464
24620 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24622 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24623 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24624 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24625 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24626 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24628 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21291 9464
24636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24638 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24639 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24640 \\{simula-mode-map}
24641 Variables controlling indentation style:
24642 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24643 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24644 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24645 `simula-indent-level'
24646 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24647 `simula-substatement-offset'
24648 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24649 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24650 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24651 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24652 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24653 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24654 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24655 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24656 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24657 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24658 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24659 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24660 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24661 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24662 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24663 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24664 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24665 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24666 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24667 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24668 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24669 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24670 or nil if they should not be changed.
24671 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24672 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24673 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24674 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24676 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24677 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21292 8122 451256
24685 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24687 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24688 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24690 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24691 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24692 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24693 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24695 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24697 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24699 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24701 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24702 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24703 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24704 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24705 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24707 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24708 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24710 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24712 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24713 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24715 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24716 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24717 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24718 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24720 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24721 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24722 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24723 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24725 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24726 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24727 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24729 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24730 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24732 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24733 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24735 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24736 _ interesting point, interregion here
24737 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24738 interesting point set by _
24739 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24740 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24741 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24742 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24743 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24744 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24747 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24748 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24750 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24751 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24752 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24753 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24754 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24755 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24756 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24757 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24759 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24760 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24761 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24762 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24763 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24766 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24767 then: insert previously read string once more
24768 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24769 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24770 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24772 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24773 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24775 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24777 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24778 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24780 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24781 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24782 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24783 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24784 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24787 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24788 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24789 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21291 9464
24797 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24799 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24800 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24801 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24804 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24806 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24807 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24808 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24809 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24810 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24811 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24815 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24816 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24817 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21291 9464 291241
24825 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24827 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24828 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24829 A list of images is returned.
24831 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24833 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24834 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24835 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24837 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21291 9464 291241
24843 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24845 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24850 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24851 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21291 9464 291241
24859 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24861 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24862 Play the Snake game.
24863 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24865 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24867 Snake mode keybindings:
24869 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24870 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24871 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24872 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24873 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24874 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24875 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21291 9464
24883 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24885 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24886 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24887 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24888 Tab indents for C code.
24889 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24890 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24892 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24897 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24898 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24899 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24900 Tab indents for C code.
24901 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24902 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24904 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24905 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21291 9464 291241
24913 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24915 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24916 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24917 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24918 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24919 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24921 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21291 9464
24929 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24931 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24934 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24935 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24936 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24937 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24938 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24939 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24940 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24941 check after each move or undo.)
24945 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24946 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24947 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24966 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24967 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24968 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24969 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24971 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24972 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24973 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24976 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24977 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24979 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24995 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24997 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
25004 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25005 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25007 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25008 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25010 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25011 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25012 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25013 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25016 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25017 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25018 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25021 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25022 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25024 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25025 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25026 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25027 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25030 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25031 It should move point to the end of the record.
25033 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25034 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25035 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25036 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25037 starts at the beginning of the record.
25039 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25040 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25043 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25044 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25045 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25046 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25047 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25048 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25049 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25051 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25053 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25054 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25055 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25056 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25057 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25060 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25062 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25063 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25064 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25065 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25066 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25069 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25071 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25072 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25073 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25074 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25075 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25078 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25079 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25081 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25082 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25083 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25084 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25085 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25086 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25087 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25088 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25089 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25091 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25093 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25094 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25095 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25096 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25097 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25098 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25099 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25102 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25104 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25105 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25106 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25107 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25109 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25110 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25112 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25113 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25114 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25115 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25116 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25117 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25118 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25119 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25121 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25123 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25126 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25127 starting with the letter \"f\",
25128 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25130 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25132 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25133 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25134 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25135 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25136 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25137 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25138 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25141 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25142 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25143 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25144 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25145 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25147 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25149 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25150 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25151 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25153 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25155 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25156 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25157 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25158 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25159 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25160 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25161 each repeated line.
25163 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25164 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25165 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25166 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25168 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25169 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25171 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25172 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25174 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
25179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25181 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25182 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25183 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25184 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25185 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25186 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25188 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21291
25193 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
25194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25196 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25197 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25199 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25200 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25201 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25203 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25205 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25206 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25207 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25210 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25212 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25213 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25214 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25216 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25218 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25219 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25220 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25221 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25226 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25227 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25228 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25229 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21334 20411 906208
25237 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25239 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25241 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25242 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25243 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25244 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25245 supported at a time.
25246 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25247 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25251 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25252 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25253 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25254 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21291 9464 291241
25262 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25264 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25265 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25269 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25270 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21291 9464 291241
25278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25279 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25281 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25282 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25284 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25285 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25286 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25287 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25288 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25289 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25290 of the current highlighting list.
25294 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25295 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25297 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25298 `_t' as data types.
25300 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25302 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25303 Major mode to edit SQL.
25305 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25306 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25307 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25310 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25312 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25313 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25314 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25315 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25316 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25317 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25319 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25320 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25322 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25323 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25324 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25326 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25328 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25332 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25333 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25335 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25338 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25339 is specified in the connection settings.
25341 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25343 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25344 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25346 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25347 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25349 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25350 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25351 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25352 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25354 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25356 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25358 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25359 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25361 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25362 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25365 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25366 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25367 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25368 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25370 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25371 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25373 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25374 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25375 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25378 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25379 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25380 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25381 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25382 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25383 `default-process-coding-system'.
25385 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25387 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25389 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25390 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25392 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25393 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25396 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25397 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25398 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25399 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25401 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25402 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25404 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25405 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25406 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25409 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25410 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25411 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25412 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25413 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25414 `default-process-coding-system'.
25416 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25418 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25420 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25421 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25423 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25424 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25427 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25428 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25430 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25431 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25433 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25434 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25435 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25438 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25439 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25440 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25441 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25442 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25443 `default-process-coding-system'.
25445 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25447 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25449 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25450 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25452 SQLite is free software.
25454 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25455 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25458 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25459 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25460 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25461 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25463 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25464 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25466 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25467 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25468 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25471 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25472 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25473 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25474 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25475 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25476 `default-process-coding-system'.
25478 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25480 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25482 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25483 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25485 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25487 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25488 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25491 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25492 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25493 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25494 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25496 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25497 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25499 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25500 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25501 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25504 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25505 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25506 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25507 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25508 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25509 `default-process-coding-system'.
25511 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25513 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25515 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25516 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25518 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25519 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25522 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25523 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25526 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25527 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25529 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25530 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25531 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25534 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25535 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25536 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25537 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25538 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25539 `default-process-coding-system'.
25541 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25543 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25545 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25546 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25548 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25549 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25552 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25553 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25555 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25556 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25558 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25559 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25560 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25563 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25564 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25565 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25566 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25567 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25568 `default-process-coding-system'.
25570 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25572 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25574 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25575 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25577 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25578 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25581 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25582 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25583 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25584 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25586 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25587 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25589 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25590 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25591 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25594 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25595 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25596 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25597 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25598 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25599 `default-process-coding-system'.
25601 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25603 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25605 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25606 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25608 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25609 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25612 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25613 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25614 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25615 `sql-postgres-options'.
25617 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25618 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25620 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25621 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25622 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25625 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25626 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25627 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25628 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25629 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25630 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25631 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25632 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25634 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25635 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25637 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25639 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25641 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25642 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25644 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25645 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25648 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25649 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25652 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25653 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25655 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25656 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25657 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25660 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25661 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25662 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25663 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25664 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25665 `default-process-coding-system'.
25667 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25669 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25671 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25672 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25674 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25675 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25678 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25681 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25682 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25684 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25685 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25686 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25687 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25689 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25690 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25691 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25694 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25695 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25696 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25697 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25698 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25699 `default-process-coding-system'.
25701 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25703 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25705 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25706 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25708 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25709 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25712 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25713 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25714 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25715 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25718 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25719 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25720 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25721 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25724 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25725 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25727 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25728 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25729 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25732 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25734 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21291 9464 291241
25740 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25741 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25746 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
25747 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25749 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25750 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25754 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21291 9464 291241
25760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25762 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25763 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25764 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25765 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25766 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25767 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25768 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25769 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25770 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25771 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25773 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25774 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25775 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25776 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25778 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
25783 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25785 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25786 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25787 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25788 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25789 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25790 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25792 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25794 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25796 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25797 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25798 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25799 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25800 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25801 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25802 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25804 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25806 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25807 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25808 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25809 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25810 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25811 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25812 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25814 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25816 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25817 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25818 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25820 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25822 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25823 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25824 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25826 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25828 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25829 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25831 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25833 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25834 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25838 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25839 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25843 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25844 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25845 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25847 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25849 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25851 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25852 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25853 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25855 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25856 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25858 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25860 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25861 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25862 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25863 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25864 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25866 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25867 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25868 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25869 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25870 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25872 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25873 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25874 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25875 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25877 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25881 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25882 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25883 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25884 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25886 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25888 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25889 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21291 9464 291241
25897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25899 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25900 Studlify-case the region.
25902 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25904 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25905 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25907 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25909 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25910 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21291 9464
25918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25920 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25921 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25922 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25923 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25924 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25926 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25927 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25928 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25929 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25931 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25932 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25933 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25935 Nomenclature Subwords
25936 ===========================================================
25937 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25938 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25939 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25941 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25942 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25945 \\{subword-mode-map}
25947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25949 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25950 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25951 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25953 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25954 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25956 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25958 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25959 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25960 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25961 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25962 ARG is omitted or nil.
25964 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25965 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25966 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25970 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25971 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25976 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25977 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25978 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25980 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25981 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25982 edit them as words.
25984 \\{superword-mode-map}
25986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25988 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25989 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25990 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25991 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25992 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25993 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25995 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25997 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25998 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25999 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26000 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26001 ARG is omitted or nil.
26003 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26004 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26005 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21291 9464
26013 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26015 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26016 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26017 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26018 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26019 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26020 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26021 original message but it does require a few things:
26023 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26025 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26028 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26029 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26032 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26034 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26036 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26037 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26038 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
26045 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26047 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26049 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26050 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26051 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26052 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26053 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26054 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26056 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26058 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26059 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26060 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26061 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26062 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26064 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26065 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26066 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
26073 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26075 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26076 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26077 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26080 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26081 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26082 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26084 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26086 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26087 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26088 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26089 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26090 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26093 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26094 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26095 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26097 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21291 9464 291241
26103 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26105 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26106 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26107 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26109 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26111 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26112 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26114 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26116 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26117 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26119 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26121 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26122 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26124 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26126 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26127 Insert an editable text table.
26128 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26129 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26130 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26131 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26132 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26133 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26138 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26140 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26145 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26146 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26147 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26148 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26151 +-----+-----+-----+
26153 +-----+-----+-----+
26155 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26157 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26158 width, which results as
26160 +--------------+-----+-----+
26162 +--------------+-----+-----+
26164 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26165 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26167 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26169 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26171 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26172 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26173 width information to `table-insert'.
26175 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26181 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26184 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26185 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26187 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26190 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26192 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26194 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26197 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26200 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26202 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26204 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26207 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26210 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26213 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26214 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26215 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26217 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26220 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26226 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26228 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26231 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26234 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26235 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26236 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26237 | | |expected results.-!- |
26238 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26241 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26243 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26247 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26249 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26250 Insert N table row(s).
26251 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26252 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26253 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26254 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26258 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26259 Insert N table column(s).
26260 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26261 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26262 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26263 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26267 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26268 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26269 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26271 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26273 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26274 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26275 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26276 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26277 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26278 all the table specific features.
26280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26282 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26287 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26288 Recognize all tables within region.
26289 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26290 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26291 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26294 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26296 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26299 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26301 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26302 Recognize a table at point.
26303 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26304 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26305 the table specific features.
26307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26309 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26314 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26315 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26316 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26317 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26318 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26319 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26320 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26322 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26324 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26329 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26330 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26331 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26332 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26333 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26334 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26337 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26339 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26340 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26341 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26342 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26343 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26344 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26345 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26350 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26351 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26352 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26353 table's rectangle structure.
26355 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26357 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26358 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26359 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26360 table's rectangle structure.
26364 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26365 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26366 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26367 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26368 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26370 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26372 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26373 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26374 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26376 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26377 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26378 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26379 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26380 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26381 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26382 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26384 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26385 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26386 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26387 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26388 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26389 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26390 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26392 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26393 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26394 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26395 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26396 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26397 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26398 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26399 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26401 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26403 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26404 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26405 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26406 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26410 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26411 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26412 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26414 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26416 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26417 Split current cell vertically.
26418 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26422 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26423 Split current cell horizontally.
26424 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26428 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26429 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26430 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26432 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26434 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26435 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26436 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26437 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26439 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26441 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26442 Justify cell contents.
26443 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26444 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26445 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26446 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26448 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26450 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26451 Justify cells of a row.
26452 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26453 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26455 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26457 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26458 Justify cells of a column.
26459 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26460 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26462 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26464 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26465 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26466 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26467 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26468 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26469 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26470 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26471 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26476 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26477 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26478 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26479 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26480 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26481 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26482 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26483 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26484 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26485 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26486 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26488 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26490 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26491 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26492 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26493 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26494 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26495 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26496 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26497 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26498 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26499 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26500 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26501 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26504 References used for this implementation:
26507 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26510 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26512 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26513 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26514 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26516 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26518 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26519 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26520 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26521 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26522 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26523 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26524 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26525 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26526 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26527 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26528 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26529 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26530 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26531 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26532 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26533 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26534 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26539 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26540 (table-forward-cell 15)
26541 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26542 (table-forward-cell 16)
26543 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26544 (table-forward-cell 1)
26545 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26548 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26549 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26550 (table-forward-cell 1)
26551 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26553 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26555 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26556 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26557 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26558 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26559 consists from cells of same height.
26563 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26564 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26565 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26566 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26567 column must consists from cells of same width.
26571 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26572 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26573 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26574 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26575 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26576 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26577 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26578 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26579 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26580 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26581 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26582 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26583 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26584 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26585 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26594 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26595 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26596 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26599 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26601 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26603 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26605 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26609 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26610 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26611 of each row is optional.
26616 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26617 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26618 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26619 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26620 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26622 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26623 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26625 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26626 expression and raw delimiter regular
26627 expression, it parses the specified text
26628 area and extracts cell items from
26629 non-table text and then forms a table out
26632 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26633 creates a single cell table. The text in
26634 the specified region is placed in that
26637 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26640 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26641 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26642 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26644 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26645 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26646 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26647 | area and extracts cell items from |
26648 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26651 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26652 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26653 | the specified region is placed in that |
26655 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26657 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26658 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26661 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26662 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26663 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26664 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26665 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26666 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26667 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26668 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26669 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26671 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26672 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26673 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26674 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26676 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26678 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26679 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26680 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26682 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26684 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26685 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26686 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26687 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26688 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
26695 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26697 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26698 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26700 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26702 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26703 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21291 9464 291241
26711 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26713 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26714 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26715 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26716 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26717 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26718 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26719 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26721 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26722 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26723 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26724 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26726 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21291 9464 291241
26735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26737 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26738 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26739 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26740 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26741 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26742 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26744 Variables controlling indentation style:
26746 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26747 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26748 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26750 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26751 documentation for details):
26752 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26753 Controls action of TAB key.
26755 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26756 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26757 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26758 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26759 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26761 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26762 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26767 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26768 Run inferior Tcl process.
26769 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26770 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26774 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26775 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26776 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26778 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21291 9464 291241
26784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26786 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26787 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26788 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26789 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26791 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26792 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26793 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26794 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26795 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26797 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26799 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26800 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26801 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26802 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21335 41274 440541 0))
26809 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26811 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26812 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26813 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26814 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26815 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26816 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26818 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26820 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26821 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26822 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26823 commands to use in that buffer.
26825 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26827 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26829 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26830 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26832 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26834 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26835 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26836 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26837 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26838 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26839 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26840 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26841 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26842 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26843 use in that buffer.
26844 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26846 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21291
26851 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
26852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26854 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26855 Start coverage on function under point.
26861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21291 9464 291241
26863 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26864 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26866 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26867 Play the Tetris game.
26868 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26869 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26870 as to form complete rows.
26872 tetris-mode keybindings:
26873 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26874 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26875 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26876 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26877 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26878 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26879 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26880 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26881 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21291 9464
26889 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26891 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26892 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26894 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26896 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26897 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26898 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26899 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26900 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26902 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26904 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26905 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26906 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26907 if it matches the first line of the file,
26908 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26910 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26912 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26913 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26914 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26915 if the variable is non-nil.")
26917 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26919 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26920 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26922 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26924 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26925 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26926 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26927 See the documentation of that variable.")
26929 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26931 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26932 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26933 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26934 See the documentation of that variable.")
26936 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26938 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26939 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26940 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26941 See the documentation of that variable.")
26943 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26945 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26946 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26947 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26948 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26949 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26951 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26953 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26954 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26955 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26956 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26958 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26960 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26961 User defined LaTeX block names.
26962 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26964 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26966 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26967 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26968 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26969 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26971 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26973 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26974 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26975 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26976 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26978 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26980 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26981 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26982 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26983 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26985 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26986 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26989 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26990 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26992 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26995 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26997 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26998 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26999 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27000 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27001 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27003 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27005 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27007 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27008 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27009 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27011 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27013 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27014 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27015 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27016 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27017 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27019 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27021 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27022 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27024 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27026 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27027 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27029 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27031 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27032 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27033 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27034 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27035 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27036 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27037 says which mode to use.
27041 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27043 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27045 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27047 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27048 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27049 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27050 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27051 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27053 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27054 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27055 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27056 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27057 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27058 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27059 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27061 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27062 mismatched $'s or braces.
27065 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27069 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27071 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27072 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27073 tex-dvi-print-command
27074 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27075 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27076 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27077 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27078 tex-dvi-view-command
27079 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27080 tex-show-queue-command
27081 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27082 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27084 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27085 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27086 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27090 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27091 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27092 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27093 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27094 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27096 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27097 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27098 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27099 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27100 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27101 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27102 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27104 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27105 mismatched $'s or braces.
27112 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27114 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27115 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27116 tex-dvi-print-command
27117 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27118 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27119 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27120 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27121 tex-dvi-view-command
27122 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27123 tex-show-queue-command
27124 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27125 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27127 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27128 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27129 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27133 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27134 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27135 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27136 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27137 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27139 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27140 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27141 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27142 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27143 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27144 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27145 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27147 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27148 mismatched $'s or braces.
27151 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27155 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27157 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27158 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27159 tex-dvi-print-command
27160 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27161 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27162 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27163 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27164 tex-dvi-view-command
27165 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27166 tex-show-queue-command
27167 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27168 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27170 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27171 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27172 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27173 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27177 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27182 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27183 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21291 9464
27191 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27193 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27194 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27195 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27196 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27198 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27199 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27200 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27202 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27204 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27205 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27206 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27207 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27208 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27210 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27212 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27213 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27214 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27215 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27217 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27218 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27219 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27220 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27222 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27223 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27225 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21291 9464
27231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27233 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27234 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27236 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27238 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27239 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27241 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27243 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27244 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27246 It has these extra commands:
27247 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27249 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27250 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27251 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27252 modified version of TeX input format.
27254 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27255 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27256 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27257 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27259 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27260 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27261 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27262 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27263 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27264 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27265 in the Texinfo file.
27267 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27268 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27269 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27270 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27271 move forward past the closing brace.
27273 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27274 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27276 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27277 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27278 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27280 Here are the functions:
27282 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27283 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27284 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27286 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27287 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27288 texinfo-master-menu
27290 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27292 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27293 which menu descriptions are indented.
27295 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27296 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27299 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27300 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27301 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27302 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27304 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27305 be the first node in the file.
27307 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27308 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21291
27315 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
27316 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27318 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27319 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27320 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27321 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27323 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27325 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27326 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27328 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27330 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27331 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27335 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27338 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21291 9464 291241
27344 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27346 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27347 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27348 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27349 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27350 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27351 `line', and `page'.
27353 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27355 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27356 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27357 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27358 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27359 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27360 `line', and `page'.
27362 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27365 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27366 positions of the thing found.
27368 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27370 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27371 Return the THING at point.
27372 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27373 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27374 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27375 `line', `number', and `page'.
27377 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27378 strip text properties from the return value.
27380 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27381 a symbol as a valid THING.
27383 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27385 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27386 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27390 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27391 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27395 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27396 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27400 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27401 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
27408 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27410 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27411 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27415 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27416 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27417 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27418 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27420 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27422 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27423 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27427 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27428 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27432 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27434 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27435 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21291
27442 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
27443 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27445 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27446 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27447 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27451 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27452 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27454 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27456 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27457 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27458 The returned string has no composition information.
27460 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27462 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27463 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27465 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27467 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27468 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27470 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27472 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27473 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27474 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27475 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27477 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27479 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27480 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27481 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27482 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27484 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27486 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27487 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27488 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27492 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27493 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27494 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27498 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27501 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27503 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27506 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27508 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27511 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21291 9464
27517 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27518 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27520 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27521 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27522 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27523 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27525 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27527 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27529 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27530 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27531 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27532 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27534 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
27541 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27543 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27544 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27546 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27547 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27549 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27550 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27551 This display updates automatically every minute.
27552 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27553 are displayed as well.
27554 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27558 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27559 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27560 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27561 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27562 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27563 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27565 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27567 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27568 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27569 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27570 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27571 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27573 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27574 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27575 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27576 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27577 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27581 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27582 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27583 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27584 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27588 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27589 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27590 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27591 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27593 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27595 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27596 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21291
27603 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
27604 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27606 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27607 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27608 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27610 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27611 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27612 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27613 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27614 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27615 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27617 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27618 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27620 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27622 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27623 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27625 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27627 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27628 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27630 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27632 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27633 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27634 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27636 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27638 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27640 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27641 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27642 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27644 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27646 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27647 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27649 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27651 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27652 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27653 DATE should be a date-time string.
27655 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27657 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27658 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27659 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27661 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27663 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27664 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27666 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27668 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27669 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27671 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27673 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27674 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27675 TIME should be a time value.
27676 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27678 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27680 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27681 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27682 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27684 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27686 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27687 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27688 The valid format specifiers are:
27689 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27690 %d is the number of days.
27691 %h is the number of hours.
27692 %m is the number of minutes.
27693 %s is the number of seconds.
27694 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27695 %% is a literal \"%\".
27697 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27698 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27700 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27701 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27702 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27704 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27705 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27706 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27708 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27710 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21291 9464 291241
27716 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27717 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27718 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27719 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27720 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27721 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27722 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27723 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27724 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27726 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27727 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27728 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27729 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27730 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27731 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27732 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27733 look like one of the following:
27736 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27737 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27738 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27739 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27740 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27741 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27742 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27747 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27748 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27749 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21291
27756 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
27757 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27758 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27760 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27761 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27762 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27764 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27765 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27767 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27769 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27770 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27771 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27772 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27773 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27774 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27775 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27776 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27777 display (non-nil means on).
27779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27781 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27782 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27783 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27784 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27785 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27786 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27787 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27788 this function is called within a day.
27790 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27791 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27792 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27793 discover the name of the project.
27795 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27797 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27798 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27799 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27800 begun during the last time segment.
27802 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27803 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27804 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27805 discover the reason.
27807 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27809 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27810 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27811 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27812 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27813 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27815 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27817 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27818 Change to working on a different project.
27819 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27820 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27821 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27824 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27826 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27827 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27828 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27832 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27833 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27834 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27838 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27839 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27840 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27841 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27842 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27843 \"relative to today\".
27845 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27847 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27848 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27849 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27850 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27852 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27854 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27855 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27856 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27857 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27858 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27859 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27861 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27866 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
27867 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27869 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27870 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27871 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27872 the generated Quail package is saved.
27874 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27876 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27877 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27878 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27879 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27880 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27881 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27882 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27884 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
27889 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27890 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27891 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27893 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27894 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27895 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27896 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27897 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27899 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27900 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27901 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27903 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27905 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27906 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27907 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27908 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27909 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27911 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27913 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27914 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27915 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27916 in the menu in two ways:
27917 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27918 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27919 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27921 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27922 keymap or an alist of alists.
27923 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27924 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27926 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21291
27931 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
27932 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27934 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27935 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27937 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27938 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27939 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27940 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27941 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27942 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27943 file was last visited.
27945 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27946 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27947 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27948 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27949 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27950 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27951 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27952 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27953 for the first item.
27955 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27956 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27957 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27958 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27959 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27960 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27961 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27962 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27964 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27965 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27966 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27967 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27968 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27970 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27971 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27973 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27975 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27976 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27982 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27983 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27985 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27989 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27990 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27992 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.todo\\'" . todo-mode))
27998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.toda\\'" . todo-archive-mode))
28000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.tod[tyr]\\'" . todo-filtered-items-mode))
28004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21291 9464 291241
28006 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28008 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28009 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28010 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28014 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28015 Add an item to the tool bar.
28016 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28017 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28018 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28019 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28021 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28022 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28023 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28024 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28026 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28027 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28029 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28031 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28032 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28033 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28034 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28035 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28036 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28038 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28039 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28040 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28041 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28043 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28045 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28046 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28047 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28048 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28049 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28050 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28051 properties to add to the binding.
28053 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28055 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28056 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28058 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28060 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28061 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28062 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28063 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28064 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28065 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28066 properties to add to the binding.
28068 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28071 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21291 9464
28077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28078 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28080 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28081 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28082 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28083 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28084 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28085 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28087 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28089 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28090 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28091 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28092 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28093 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28097 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28099 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28100 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21291
28107 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
28108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28110 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28111 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28113 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28114 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28115 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28116 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28117 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28119 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28120 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28121 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28122 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28123 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28125 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28130 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28131 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28132 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28133 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28134 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28135 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21291 9464 291241
28143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28145 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28146 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28147 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28148 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28149 to a tcp server on another machine.
28151 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21291 9464 291241
28157 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28159 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28160 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28162 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28164 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28165 Helper function to get internal values.
28166 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28168 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28170 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28171 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28172 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28173 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28175 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28176 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28177 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28178 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28179 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28181 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28182 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28183 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28184 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28186 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28188 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28190 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28191 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28192 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28193 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28195 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28197 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21330 23349 756053
28203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28205 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28206 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28207 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28209 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28211 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28212 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28214 It can have the following values:
28216 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28217 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28219 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28221 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28222 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28223 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28224 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28226 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28228 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28229 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28230 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28231 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28233 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28234 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28235 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28236 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28237 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28238 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28239 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28240 files which are not really Tramp files.
28242 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28243 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28244 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28245 updated after changing this variable.
28247 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28249 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28250 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28251 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28252 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28254 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28256 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28257 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28258 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28259 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28261 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28262 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28263 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28265 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28266 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28267 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28268 updated after changing this variable.
28270 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28272 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28273 Alist of completion handler functions.
28274 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28275 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28276 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28278 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28279 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28280 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28281 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28283 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28284 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28285 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28287 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28288 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28290 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28291 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28293 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28295 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28300 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28301 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28303 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28305 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28306 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28308 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28310 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28311 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21291 9464
28319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28321 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21291 9464 291241
28330 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28332 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28333 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28334 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28335 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28336 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28337 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28338 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28339 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28341 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28342 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28343 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28345 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28346 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28349 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10320
28355 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28357 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28360 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21291
28365 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
28366 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28367 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28368 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28369 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28371 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28372 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28373 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28374 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28375 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28376 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28377 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28379 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28381 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28382 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28383 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28384 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28386 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28390 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28391 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28392 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28393 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28394 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28395 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28396 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28398 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28399 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28401 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28404 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28406 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21291 9464 291241
28414 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28416 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28417 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28418 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28420 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28421 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28423 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28425 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28426 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28427 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28429 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28430 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28431 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28432 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28433 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28434 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28435 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28437 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28438 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28440 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28441 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28442 reset the keystroke counter.
28444 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28445 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28446 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28447 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28449 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28450 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28451 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28452 `type-break-schedule' command.
28454 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28455 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28456 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28457 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28458 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28459 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28460 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28461 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28462 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28464 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28465 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28466 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28467 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28468 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28470 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28471 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28472 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28473 approximate good values for this.
28475 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28476 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28478 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28479 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28480 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28481 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28482 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28483 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28485 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28486 a typing break occur. They include:
28488 `type-break-query-mode'
28489 `type-break-query-function'
28490 `type-break-query-interval'
28492 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28494 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28495 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28496 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28501 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28502 Take a typing break.
28504 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28505 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28507 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28508 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28512 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28513 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28514 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28515 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28519 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28520 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28522 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28523 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28524 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28525 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28526 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28527 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28528 average typing speed.)
28530 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28531 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28532 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28533 the computed maximum threshold.
28535 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28536 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28537 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28538 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28539 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28541 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
28546 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28548 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28549 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28550 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28551 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28552 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28554 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28559 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
28560 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28562 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28563 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28565 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28567 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28568 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28570 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28572 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28573 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28575 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28577 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28578 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28580 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28582 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28583 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28585 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28587 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28588 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28590 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28592 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28593 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28595 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28597 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28598 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28600 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28602 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28603 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28605 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28607 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28608 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28610 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28612 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28613 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28617 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28618 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28620 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21291
28625 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
28626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28628 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28629 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28630 Works by overstriking underscores.
28631 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28632 which specify the range to operate on.
28634 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28636 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28637 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28638 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28639 which specify the range to operate on.
28641 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21291 9464 291241
28647 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28649 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28650 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28651 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28652 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28653 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28654 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28658 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28659 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28660 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28662 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21291 9464
28668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28670 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28671 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28672 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28673 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28675 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28682 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28683 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28684 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28685 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28686 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28688 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28689 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28690 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28691 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28692 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28693 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28695 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28696 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28697 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28699 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28700 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28701 the callback is not called).
28703 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28704 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28705 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28708 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28709 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28711 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28712 URL-encoded before it's used.
28714 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28716 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28717 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28718 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28719 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28720 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28722 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21291 9464 291241
28728 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28730 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28731 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28732 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28734 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28735 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28736 `url-generic-parse-url'
28737 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28738 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28739 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28741 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28742 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28743 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28744 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28745 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28746 what type of auth to use
28747 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28748 if one cannot be found in the cache
28750 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28752 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28753 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28755 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28756 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28757 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28758 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28759 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28760 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28761 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28762 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28764 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21291 9464
28770 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28772 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28773 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28775 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28777 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28778 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28779 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28781 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28783 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28784 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28786 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21291 9464 291241
28792 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28794 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28797 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21291 9464 291241
28803 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28805 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28806 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28807 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28809 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28811 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28812 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28813 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28814 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28816 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28817 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28818 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28821 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28823 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28824 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28825 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28827 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28829 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28832 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21291 9464 291241
28838 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28840 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28841 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28843 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21291 9464 291241
28849 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28851 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28852 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28856 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28857 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28858 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28859 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28860 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28862 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21300
28867 ;;;;;; 2232 181097 0))
28868 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28870 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28871 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28872 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28874 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28875 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28877 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28879 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28880 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28881 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28882 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28883 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28887 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28888 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28889 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28890 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28892 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28894 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28895 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28896 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28897 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28898 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28899 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28900 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28901 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28902 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28903 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28905 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28907 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28908 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28909 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28912 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28914 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28917 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21291 9464 291241
28923 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28924 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28926 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28927 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28928 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28929 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28930 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21291 9464 291241
28936 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28938 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28941 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21291 9464 291241
28947 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28949 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28950 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28951 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28952 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28953 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28955 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21291 9464
28961 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28963 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28966 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28968 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28969 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28971 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21291 9464 291241
28977 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28979 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28980 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28982 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28984 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28985 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28987 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28989 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28992 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28994 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28996 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28998 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29000 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29001 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29003 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21291 9464 291241
29009 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29011 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29014 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29016 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29019 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21291 9464 291241
29025 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29027 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29030 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29032 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29035 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29037 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29040 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29042 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29045 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29047 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29050 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29052 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29055 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29057 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29060 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21291 9464
29066 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29068 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29069 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29071 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29073 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29074 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29075 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29077 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29078 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29079 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29080 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29081 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29082 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29083 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29084 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29085 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29086 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29087 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29088 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29089 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29090 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29092 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29093 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29094 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29096 Here is an example. The URL
29098 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29104 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29105 HOST = \"example.com\"
29107 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29112 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21291 9464
29118 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29120 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29121 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21291 9464
29129 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29131 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29132 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29133 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29134 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29135 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29136 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29138 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21291 9464 291241
29144 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29146 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29147 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29148 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29150 If t, all messages will be logged.
29151 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29152 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29154 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29156 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29159 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29161 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29164 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29166 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29167 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29168 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29169 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29170 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29176 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29178 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29179 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29180 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29182 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29184 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29185 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29186 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29188 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29190 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29191 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29193 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29195 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29196 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29200 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29201 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29205 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29208 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29210 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29213 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29215 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29217 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29218 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29220 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29222 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29223 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29225 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29227 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29230 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29232 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29233 Build a query-string.
29235 Given a QUERY in the form:
29242 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29244 This will return a string
29245 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29246 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29249 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29251 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29252 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29254 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29256 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29257 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29258 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29259 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29260 forbidden in URL encoding.
29262 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29264 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29265 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29266 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29267 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29268 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29269 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29271 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29272 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29273 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29274 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29276 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29278 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29279 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29280 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29281 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29282 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29283 should return it unchanged.
29285 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29287 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29288 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29289 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29290 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29292 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29294 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29295 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29296 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29298 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29300 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29301 View the current document's URL.
29302 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29305 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29307 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21291 9464 291241
29313 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29315 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29316 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29317 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29318 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29319 to refrain from editing the file
29320 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29321 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29322 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29323 in any way you like.
29325 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29327 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29328 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29329 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29330 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29331 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29333 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29334 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21291 9464
29342 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29344 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29347 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29349 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29352 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29354 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29357 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29359 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29362 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
29367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29369 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29370 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29372 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21291 9464 291241
29378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29380 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29381 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29382 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29383 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29385 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29387 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29388 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29389 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29391 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29393 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29394 Uudecode region between START and END.
29395 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29397 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
29402 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29404 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29405 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29408 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29410 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29411 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29412 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29414 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29416 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29417 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29420 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29422 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29423 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29424 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29425 same state. If not, signal an error.
29427 For merging-based version control systems:
29428 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29429 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29430 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29431 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29432 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29433 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29435 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29436 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29437 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29438 the file(s) for editing.
29439 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29440 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29441 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29442 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29443 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29444 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29446 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29448 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29449 Register into a version control system.
29450 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29451 Otherwise register the current file.
29452 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29453 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29455 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29456 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29457 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29458 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29459 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29460 first backend that could register the file is used.
29462 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29464 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29465 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29467 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29469 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29470 Display diffs between file revisions.
29471 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29472 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29473 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29475 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29478 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29480 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29481 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29482 repository history using ediff.
29484 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29486 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29487 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29488 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29489 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29490 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29492 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29495 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29497 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29498 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29499 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29500 fileset with the working revision.
29501 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29502 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29504 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29507 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29509 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29510 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29511 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29512 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29516 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29517 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29518 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29519 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29523 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29524 Perform a version control merge operation.
29525 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29526 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29527 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29528 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29530 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29531 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29532 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29533 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29534 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29535 changes from the current branch.
29539 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29541 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29542 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29543 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29544 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29545 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29546 checked out in that new branch.
29548 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29550 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29551 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29552 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29553 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29554 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29555 allowed and simply skipped).
29557 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29559 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29560 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29561 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29562 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29563 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29565 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29566 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29568 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29570 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29571 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29572 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29573 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29574 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29576 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29578 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29579 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29580 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29582 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29584 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29585 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29586 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29588 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29590 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29591 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29592 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29593 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29597 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29598 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29599 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29600 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29604 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29606 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29607 Update the current fileset or branch.
29608 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29609 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29610 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29611 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29613 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29614 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29615 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29616 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29617 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29621 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29623 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29624 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29625 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29626 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29627 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29628 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29629 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29631 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29633 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29634 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29635 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29636 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29637 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29638 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29639 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29640 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29641 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29643 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29645 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29646 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29647 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29648 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29652 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29653 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29654 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29655 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29657 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29659 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29660 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29661 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29664 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29666 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29667 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29668 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29670 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29671 log entries should be gathered.
29673 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29675 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29676 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29678 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21291 9464
29684 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29686 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29687 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29689 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29690 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29691 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29692 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29693 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29694 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29696 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29697 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29698 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29699 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29700 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29701 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29702 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29703 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29705 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29707 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29709 Customization variables:
29711 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29712 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29713 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29714 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29716 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21291 9464 291241
29722 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29723 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29724 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29726 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29727 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21291 9464 291241
29733 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29735 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29736 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29738 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29739 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29740 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29741 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29743 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29744 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21291 9464 291241
29750 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29751 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29752 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29753 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29754 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29755 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29756 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21291 9464 291241
29762 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29764 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29765 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29766 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29767 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29768 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29770 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29771 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29772 The file lines appear later.
29774 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29775 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29777 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29779 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29781 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21291
29786 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
29787 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29789 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29790 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29791 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29792 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29793 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29794 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29795 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29796 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29797 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29798 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29799 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29800 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29801 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29802 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29803 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29805 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21291 9464 291241
29811 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29812 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29813 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29814 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29816 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29817 (vc-git-registered file))))
29821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
29822 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29823 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29824 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29825 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29827 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29828 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21291 9464 291241
29834 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29836 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29837 Name of the monotone directory.")
29839 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29840 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29841 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29842 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29844 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29845 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21291 9464 291241
29851 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29853 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29854 Where to look for RCS master files.
29855 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29857 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29859 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21291 9464 291241
29865 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29867 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29868 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29869 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29871 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29873 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29875 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29876 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29877 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29878 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21291 9464 291241
29884 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29885 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29886 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29887 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29890 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29891 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29892 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21291
29897 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
29898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29899 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29900 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29902 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29903 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29908 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29909 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29910 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29911 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29913 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29914 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29915 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29918 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29919 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29921 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29922 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29924 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29925 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29926 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29928 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29934 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29935 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29937 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29939 Official distribution is at
29940 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29943 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29944 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29956 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
29957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29959 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29960 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29961 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29962 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29963 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29965 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29967 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29968 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29970 Supports highlighting.
29972 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29973 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29975 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29977 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29978 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29979 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29980 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29981 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29982 on the left side of your screen.
29983 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29984 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29985 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29986 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29987 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29988 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29990 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29991 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29992 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29993 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29996 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29997 Indentation for case statements.
29998 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29999 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30001 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30002 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30003 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30004 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30005 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30006 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30007 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30008 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30009 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30011 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30015 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30016 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30017 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30018 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30019 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30020 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30021 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30022 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30023 comments in tight quarters.
30024 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30025 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30027 Variables controlling other actions:
30029 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30030 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30031 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30033 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30035 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30037 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30038 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30039 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30041 Some other functions are:
30043 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30044 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30045 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30046 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30047 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30049 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30050 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30051 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30052 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30054 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30055 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30056 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30057 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30058 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30059 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30060 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30061 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30062 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30063 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30064 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30065 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30066 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30067 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30068 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30069 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30070 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30071 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30072 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30073 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30074 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30075 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30076 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30077 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30078 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30079 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30080 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30081 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30082 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30083 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30084 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30086 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30087 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30089 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21291
30096 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
30097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30099 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30100 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30105 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30106 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30107 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30108 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30109 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30110 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30111 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30112 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30113 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30115 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30116 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30117 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30118 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30120 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30121 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30122 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30123 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30124 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30126 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30127 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30131 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30132 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30133 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30137 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30138 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30139 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30140 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30142 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30143 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30144 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30145 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30146 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30150 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30151 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30152 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30153 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30155 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30156 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30157 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30158 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30159 beginning with \"std\").
30161 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30162 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30163 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30168 `--' puts a single comment.
30169 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30170 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30171 with a comment in between.
30172 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30173 out following lines.
30174 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30175 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30176 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30177 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30179 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30180 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30181 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30182 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30183 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30186 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30187 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30188 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30189 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30190 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30191 multi-line comments.
30195 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30196 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30197 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30198 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30201 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30202 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30203 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30204 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30206 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30207 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30210 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30211 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30213 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30214 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30219 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30220 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30221 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30222 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30223 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30224 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30225 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30226 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30228 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30229 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30230 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30231 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30232 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30235 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30236 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30237 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30239 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30240 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30244 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30245 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30246 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30247 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30248 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30249 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30252 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30253 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30254 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30255 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30258 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30262 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30263 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30264 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30265 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30266 internal signal initializations (menu).
30268 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30269 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30270 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30272 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30273 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30274 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30275 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30276 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30277 in subsequent paste operations.)
30279 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30280 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30281 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30284 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30285 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30286 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30287 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30288 association list with formals).
30291 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30292 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30293 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30294 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30295 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30296 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30297 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30298 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30303 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30307 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30311 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30312 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30313 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30315 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30316 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30319 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30320 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30321 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30322 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30324 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30325 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30326 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30328 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30329 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30330 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30331 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30333 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30334 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30335 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30336 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30337 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30339 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30340 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30341 required by secondary units.
30344 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30345 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30346 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30347 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30348 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30349 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30350 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30351 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30352 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30353 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30354 inputs to this component -> input port created
30355 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30356 outputs from this component -> output port created
30357 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30358 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30360 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30361 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30362 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30363 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30364 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30366 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30367 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30369 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30370 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30371 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30372 component instantiation is also supported (option
30373 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30375 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30376 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30377 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30378 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30379 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30380 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30381 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30382 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30383 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30384 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30385 generating the configuration.
30387 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30388 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30389 configurations in speedbar.
30391 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30394 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30395 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30396 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30397 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30398 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30399 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30400 information. New compilers can be added.
30402 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30403 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30406 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30407 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30408 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30409 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30410 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30412 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30415 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30416 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30417 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30419 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30420 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30421 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30422 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30423 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30424 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30425 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30426 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30427 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30430 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30431 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30432 not (yet) supported.
30433 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30434 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30435 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30439 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30440 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30441 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30442 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30443 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30444 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30445 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30446 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30448 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30449 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30450 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30451 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30452 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30453 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30454 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30455 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30456 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30457 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30458 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30462 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30463 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30464 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30465 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30466 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30467 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30468 current directory for VHDL source files.
30472 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30473 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30477 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30478 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30479 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30480 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30481 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30482 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30483 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30484 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30487 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30488 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30489 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30490 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30491 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30492 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30493 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30495 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30496 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30497 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30498 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30499 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30500 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30502 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30503 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30504 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30505 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30506 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30509 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30510 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30511 highlighted if written in lower case.
30513 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30514 highlighted using a different background color if option
30515 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30517 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30518 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30519 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30520 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30521 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30525 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30526 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30527 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30531 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30532 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30533 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30534 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30535 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30539 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30540 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30542 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30543 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30544 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30545 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30546 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30547 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30548 (used to obtain the port names).
30549 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30550 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30555 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30556 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30560 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30561 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30562 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30563 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30564 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30565 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30566 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30571 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30572 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30573 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30574 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30575 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30577 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30578 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30579 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30580 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30581 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30584 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30585 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30589 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30590 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30591 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30593 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30597 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30598 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30600 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30602 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30604 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30608 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30614 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30615 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30617 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30619 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30620 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30621 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30622 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30624 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30625 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30626 where the latest version can be found.
30632 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30633 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30634 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30635 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30638 The VHDL Mode Authors
30639 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
30651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30653 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30654 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30655 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30656 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30658 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30659 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30660 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30661 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30662 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30664 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30665 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30667 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30669 * Limitations and unsupported features
30670 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30672 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30673 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30676 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30677 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30678 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30679 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30680 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30681 for undoing a repeated change command.
30682 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30683 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30684 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30687 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30688 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30689 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30690 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30691 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30692 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30693 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30694 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30696 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21291
30703 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
30704 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30706 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30707 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30709 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30711 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30712 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30713 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30714 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30716 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30718 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30719 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30723 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30724 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30725 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30726 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30728 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30730 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30731 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30735 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30738 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30740 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30743 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
30748 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30750 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30751 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30752 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30754 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30756 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30757 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30758 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30759 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30761 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30763 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30764 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30766 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30768 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30769 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30770 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30771 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30772 moving around in the buffer.
30773 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30774 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30776 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30780 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30781 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30782 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30783 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30785 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30786 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30787 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30788 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30789 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30791 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30795 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30796 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30797 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30798 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30801 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30802 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30803 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30804 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30805 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30807 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30811 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30812 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30813 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30814 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30815 moving around in the buffer.
30816 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30817 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30819 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30821 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30822 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30823 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30825 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30826 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30827 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30828 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30830 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30831 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30832 own View-like bindings.
30834 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30836 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30837 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30838 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30839 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30840 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30841 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30842 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30844 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30846 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30848 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30849 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30850 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30852 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30853 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30854 own View-like bindings.
30856 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30858 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30859 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30860 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30861 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30862 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30863 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30864 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30866 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30868 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30870 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30871 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30872 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30874 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30875 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30876 own View-like bindings.
30878 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30880 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30881 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30882 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30883 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30884 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30886 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30887 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30888 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30889 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30893 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30894 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30895 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30896 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30897 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30898 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30899 to a repeat count of one.
30901 H, h, ? This message.
30902 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30903 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30904 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30905 > move to the end of buffer.
30906 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30907 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30908 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30909 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30910 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30911 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30912 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30913 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30914 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30915 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30916 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30917 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30918 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30919 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30920 Use this to view a changing file.
30921 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30922 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30923 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30925 x exchanges point and mark.
30926 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30927 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30928 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30929 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30930 ' go to position saved in character register.
30931 s do forward incremental search.
30932 r do reverse incremental search.
30933 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30934 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30935 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30936 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30937 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30938 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30939 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30940 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30941 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30942 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30943 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30944 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30945 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30946 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30947 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30948 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30949 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30951 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30952 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30953 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30954 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30955 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30956 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30957 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30958 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30959 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30961 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30965 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30966 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30967 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30968 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30969 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30970 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30971 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30972 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30973 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30975 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30977 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30979 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30980 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30981 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30982 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30983 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30984 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30986 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30987 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30988 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30990 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30992 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30994 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30996 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30997 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21291 9464 291241
31005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31007 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31008 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31012 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31013 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21291 9464 291241
31021 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31022 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31024 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31025 Toggle Viper on/off.
31026 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31030 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31031 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21291
31038 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
31039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31041 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31042 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31043 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31044 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31045 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31046 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31047 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31048 the beginning of the warning.")
31050 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31051 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31052 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31053 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31054 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31055 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31056 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31057 also call that function before the next warning.")
31059 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31060 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31062 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31063 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31064 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31065 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31067 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31068 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31069 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31070 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31071 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31072 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31074 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31075 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31076 Default is :warning.
31078 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31079 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31080 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31081 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31082 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31083 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31085 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31086 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31087 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31089 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31091 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31092 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31094 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31096 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31097 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31098 \\<special-mode-map>
31099 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31100 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31102 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31103 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31104 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31105 can be whatever you like.)
31107 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31108 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31110 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31111 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31112 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31113 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31114 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31116 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31118 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31119 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31120 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31121 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31122 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31124 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
31129 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31130 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31132 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31133 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31134 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31135 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31136 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31137 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31138 directories to reflect your edits.
31146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21291 9464 291241
31148 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31150 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31151 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31153 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31156 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21291
31164 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
31165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31166 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31167 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31169 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31171 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31172 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31173 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31175 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31176 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31178 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31180 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31181 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31182 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31183 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31184 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31186 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31187 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31188 in certain major modes.
31190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21291 9464 291241
31196 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31197 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31199 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31200 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31202 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31203 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31205 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31206 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31210 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31211 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31212 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31213 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31214 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31216 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31217 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31218 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31219 use `whitespace-mode'.
31221 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31225 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31226 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31227 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31230 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31232 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31234 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31235 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31237 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31238 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31240 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31241 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31245 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31246 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31247 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31250 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31252 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31254 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31255 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31257 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31258 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31260 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31261 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31262 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31263 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31265 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31269 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31270 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31272 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31273 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31275 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31276 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31278 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31282 f toggle face visualization
31283 t toggle TAB visualization
31284 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31285 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31286 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31287 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31288 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31289 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31290 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31291 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31292 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31293 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31294 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31295 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31296 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31297 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31298 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31300 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31301 T toggle TAB visualization
31302 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31303 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31305 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31306 ? display brief help
31308 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31309 The valid symbols are:
31311 face toggle face visualization
31312 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31313 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31314 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31315 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31316 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31317 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31318 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31319 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31320 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31321 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31322 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31323 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31324 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31325 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31326 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31327 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31329 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31330 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31331 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31333 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31335 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31339 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31340 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31342 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31343 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31345 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31346 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31348 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31352 f toggle face visualization
31353 t toggle TAB visualization
31354 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31355 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31356 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31357 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31358 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31359 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31360 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31361 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31362 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31363 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31364 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31365 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31366 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31367 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31368 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31370 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31371 T toggle TAB visualization
31372 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31373 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31375 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31376 ? display brief help
31378 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31379 The valid symbols are:
31381 face toggle face visualization
31382 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31383 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31384 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31385 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31386 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31387 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31388 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31389 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31390 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31391 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31392 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31393 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31394 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31395 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31396 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31397 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31399 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31400 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31401 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31403 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31405 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31409 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31410 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31412 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31413 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31414 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31415 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31416 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31418 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31420 The problems cleaned up are:
31422 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31423 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31424 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31425 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31427 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31428 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31429 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31430 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31432 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31433 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31434 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31435 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31437 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31438 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31439 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31440 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31441 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31442 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31443 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31444 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31446 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31447 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31448 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31450 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31451 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31452 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31453 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31454 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31455 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31456 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31457 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31459 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31464 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31465 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31467 The problems cleaned up are:
31469 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31470 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31471 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31472 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31474 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31475 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31476 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31477 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31479 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31480 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31481 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31482 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31483 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31484 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31485 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31486 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31488 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31489 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31490 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31492 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31493 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31494 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31495 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31496 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31497 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31498 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31499 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31501 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31504 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31506 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31507 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31509 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31512 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31513 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31514 `whitespace-style' to have:
31522 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31523 whitespace problems in buffer.
31525 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31527 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31528 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31529 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31530 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31531 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31532 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31533 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31535 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31536 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31537 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31538 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31539 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31540 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31541 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31543 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31544 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31545 cleaning up these problems.
31547 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31549 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31550 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31552 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31555 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31556 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31557 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31565 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31566 whitespace problems in buffer.
31568 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31570 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31571 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31572 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31573 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31574 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31575 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31576 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31578 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31579 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31580 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31581 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31582 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31583 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31584 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31586 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31587 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31588 cleaning up these problems.
31590 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21291 9464 291241
31596 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31598 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31599 Browse the widget under point.
31603 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31604 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31606 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31608 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31609 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31611 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31613 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31614 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31615 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31616 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31617 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21291 9464 291241
31625 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31627 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31628 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31630 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31632 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31633 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31634 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31636 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31638 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31639 Create widget of TYPE.
31640 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31642 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31644 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31647 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31649 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31650 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31652 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31654 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31655 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31656 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31657 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31659 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31660 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21291 9464 291241
31668 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31670 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31671 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31672 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31673 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31674 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31675 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31676 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31680 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31681 Select the window above the current one.
31682 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31683 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31684 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31685 negative ARG) of the current window.
31686 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31690 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31691 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31692 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31693 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31694 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31695 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31696 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31700 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31701 Select the window below the current one.
31702 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31703 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31704 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31705 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31706 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31710 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31711 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31712 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31713 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31715 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
31720 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31722 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31723 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31724 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31727 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31729 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31731 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31732 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31734 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31735 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31736 \\{winner-mode-map}
31738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
31743 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31744 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31746 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31747 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31748 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31749 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31750 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31752 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31754 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31755 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31756 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31757 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31758 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31759 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31760 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31761 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31763 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31764 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31766 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31768 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31769 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31773 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31774 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31775 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31776 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31777 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31778 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31779 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31780 `woman' command for further details.
31782 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31784 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31785 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31787 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21291 9464
31793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31794 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31796 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31797 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31800 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31801 are not implemented
31802 - Options for search and replace
31803 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31804 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31806 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
31814 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31816 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31817 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31818 Return the top node with all its children.
31819 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31821 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31822 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31823 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31825 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31827 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31828 namespace to URIs instead.
31830 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31831 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31833 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31835 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31837 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31839 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31840 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31841 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31842 not contain well-formed XML.
31844 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31845 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31846 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31847 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31848 element of the list.
31849 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31850 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31851 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31853 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31855 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31856 namespace to URIs instead.
31858 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31859 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31861 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31863 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31865 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21327 47162 581074
31871 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31873 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31874 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31875 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31876 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31877 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31878 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31879 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31880 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31881 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31882 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31884 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21291 9464 291241
31890 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31892 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31893 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31894 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31896 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31897 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31899 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31901 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31902 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31904 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31905 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31907 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31908 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31909 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31910 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31911 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31912 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
31919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31921 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31922 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31924 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31926 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31927 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
31934 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31936 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31937 Zone out, completely.
31943 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21346 11636 801272
32155 (provide 'loaddefs)
32156 ;; Local Variables:
32157 ;; version-control: never
32158 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32159 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32162 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here